Mansarovar Energy-Campo Jazmin

MANSAROVAR
Colombia, 2010
Campo Jazmin
Water Injection
3 Units TM19000
Surface Pumping System
Project: ZP0172Z
Manufacturing Data Book Index
Section 1 Order Information

Pumps and Components Description
Section 2 Bill of Material
Section 3 Assembly Three Units

Procedures
Section 4 Parts Process Control Plan
Section 5 Assembly Three Units

GA Drawings
Assembly/Component Drawings
Section 6 FAT Reports

Performance Procedures
Pump Performance Report
Installation / SAT Procedure
Examples
Section 7 Instrumentation and motor coupling

Data sheets
Section 8 Instrumentation
Terminal Connections
P&ID Scope Draft
Section 9 Nameplates
Section 10 Fabrication Schedule
Section 11 Packing Procedures
Section 12 Recommended Spare Parts (2 years operation)
Section 13 Motor drawings and Datasheet

MANSAROVAR
Colombia, 2010
Section 1
ORDER INFO
Pumps and Components

description
Wood Group SPS iQuote 7.0.1.33
Construction Datasheet
1 Customer : Mansarovar Energy Colombia Ltd. Quote number : 99479
2 Customer reference : Pump Size : SM0560 (TM19000A)
3 Item number : PRINCIPAL Number of Stages : 24
4 Service : INYECCION AGUA PRODUCCION
5 Quantity of pumps :3 Date last saved : 29 Apr 2010 10:17 AM
6 Pump Design Seal & Flush
7 Nozzle Size Rating Face Position Arrangement : single cartridge
8 Suction 6 inch 150# RF Side Size : 1.5 Inch
9 Discharge 4 inch 900# RF End Manufacturer / Model : John Crane/1648
10 Type : multispring pusher
11 Pump Type : BB4 API Material Code :-
12 Pump Model : SM Gland Material : 316 stainless steel
13 Pump Size : SM0560 (TM19000A) Rotating Face : carbon
14 Number of Stages : 24 Stationary Face : silicon carbide
15 Rotation (From Drive) : Clockwise O-rings : Nitrile o-rings
16 Impeller Type : Closed Springs/Bellows : Hastelloy C
17 Casing Mounting : Foot Flush : 1/2 inch NPT
18 Casing Split : Radial Vent : 1/2 inch NPT
19 Casing Type : Single volute Drain : 1/2 inch NPT
20 Materials : Plan 31 flush - 316ss tubing &
Seal Flush Plan
cyclone separator
21 Barrel/Case : Carbon steel Flush Piping Material/Type :-
22 Impeller : Ni-Resist Type 1
Driver Information
23 Diffuser : Ni-Resist Type 1
Manufacturer : TOSHIBA
24 Shaft : Nitronic 50 shaft material
Power : 500HP
25 Suction Housing : 316 stainless steel
Speed : 3600
26 Discharge Flange : 316 stainless steel
Driver Type : NEMA
27 Head & Base : 316ss head and base
Efficiency Rating : Premium
28 Stage Bushing : Standard Ni-Resist Type 1 bushings
Enclosure : TEFC
29 Baseplate, Coupling, & Guard Voltage : 460
30 Baseplate Type : SP 1000 baseplate Frame Size : 5010USS
31 Baseplate Material : Fabricated steel Hertz : 60
32 Pump Supports : Cast Iron Motor RTD's : YES
33 Coupling Manufacturer : Falk Space Heater : YES
34 Coupling Size : 1070T
Starter/VFD Information
35 Coupling Guard : Aluminum
Type : HX7+Pack
36 Bearing Thrust Chamber Manufacturer : TOSHIBA
37 Radial Bearing Type : Deep grove ball Size : 518kVA
38 Thrust Bearing Type : Tandem 40 degree angular contact Voltage : 460
39 Bearing Lubrication : Force lubrication Enclosure : Nema 3R
40 Oil Cooler : Air Cooled Controller : Compact Logix PLC including
Oil Temp Monitor /Level
41 : N/A Pulse : 18 pulse
Switch
42 Accessories Weight (Approx.)
: Murphy suction pressure switch, N4- Pump & base :-
43 Suction Monitor
: Rosemount Suction transducer 200PSI Motor :-
: Murphy discharge pressure switch, N4
44 Discharge Monitor Starter/Drive :-
: Rosemount Disch transducer 2000PSI
45 Vibration Switch : Metrix vibration transmitter Total : 0.00 lb
46 Suction Flex Joint : 6" 150# suction flex joint
Pump Performance Datasheet
Customer : Mansarovar Energy Colombia Ltd. Quote number : 99479
Customer reference : Size : SM0560 (TM19000A)
Item number : PRINCIPAL Stages : 24
Service : INYECCION AGUA PRODUCCION Based on curve number : SM0560
Quantity :3 Date last saved : 29 Apr 2010 10:24 AM
Operating Conditions Liquid
Flow, rated : 583.0 USgpm Liquid type : User Defined
Differential head / pressure, rated (requested) : 1,039.0 psi Additional liquid description :
Differential head / pressure, rated (actual) : 1,073.7 psi Solids diameter, max : 0.00 in
Suction pressure, rated / max : 101.0 / 101.0 psi.g Temperature, max : 210.0 deg F
NPSH available, rated : Ample Fluid density, rated / max : 0.998 / 0.998 SG
Frequency : 60 Hz Viscosity, rated : 0.30 cP
Performance - :
Speed, rated : 3,570 rpm Material
Impeller diameter, rated : 6.12 in Material requested : Standard
Impeller diameter, maximum : 6.12 in Material selected : Standard
Impeller diameter, minimum : 6.12 in Pressure Data
Efficiency : 78.88 % Maximum working pressure : 1,701.1 psi.g
NPSH required / margin required : 33.36 / 3.00 ft Maximum allowable working pressure : N/A
Ns (imp. eye flow) / Nss (imp. eye flow) : 2,396 / 6,580 US Units Maximum allowable suction pressure : N/A
MCSF : 169.6 USgpm Hydrostatic test pressure : 2,551.6 psi.g
Head, maximum, rated diameter : 1,600.1 psi Driver & Power Data
Head rise to shutoff : N/A % Driver sizing specification : Maximum power
Flow, best eff. point (BEP) : 526.7 USgpm Margin over specification : 0.00 %
Flow ratio (rated / BEP) : 110.70 % Service factor : 1.15
Diameter ratio (rated / max) : 100.00 % Power, hydraulic : 365 hp
Head ratio (rated dia / max dia) : 100.00 % Power, rated : 462 hp
Cq/Ch/Ce [ANSI/HI 9.6.7-2004] : 1.00 / 1.00 / 1.00 Power, maximum, rated diameter : 498 hp
Selection status : Acceptable Minimum recommended motor rating : 500 hp / 373 kW
General Arrangement Drawing - SM0560 (TM19000A) with SP 1000 baseplate

Symbol Nozzle Size Standard Rating Face Position Symbol Comment
1 Suction 6 inch ANSI 150# RF Side 1 Suction housing and nozzle may be rotated @ 45 deg. increments.
2 Discharge 4 inch ANSI 900# RF End 3 Recommended customer supplied drop-out spool for mechanical seal change out.
For information only - not for construction. 4 Suggested frame hold down clamps, customer supplied.
Not to scale. 5 Quantity of R for this configuration = 2
Unless noted, all dimmensions are in inches

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R - -
304 264 90.00 36.00 30.50 12.00 0.00 18.00 3.00 19.50 16.00 33.00 22.00 38.00 44.00 48.00 0.00 0.00
: Mansarovar Energy Colombia

Customer Quote number : 99479 Driver Rating : 500HP
Ltd.
Customer reference : Pump size : SM0560 (TM19000A) Driver Frame Size : 5010USS
Item number : PRINCIPAL Stages : 24 Quantity of pumps :3
MANSAROVAR
Colombia, 2010
Section 2
Bill of Material
WOOD GROUP ESP

Indented Current Bill of Material Report
Page: 1
Lev I tem Description Qty Per U/M U R Type Src Stk

---- - ---------------- ---------------------------------------- ---------------- --- - - -------- --- ---
0 165235 SPS,22A,4TM19000A,24STG,5010USS,EMS* 1 EA M No
1 179659 KIT,SPS DECAL NMPL & MISC STD 1 EA U I Material M Yes
2 139861 DECAL,WOODGROUP LOGO 8.62" X 4" 4 EA U I Material P Yes
2 139862 DECAL,"EASILY MODIFIED SKID" 1" TEXT 2 EA U I Material P Yes
2 139932 DECAL,"SURFACE PUMPING SYS " 1" TEXT 2 EA U I Material P Yes
2 302216 SCREW,DRIVE TYPE U #2 X.125 LG STL 4 EA U I Material P Yes
2 128290 SHIM,5.120 X 4.645 X.125 304 8 EA U I Material P Yes
2 2640123 TAPE,PLASTIC,3/4",SCOTCH #88 TAPE 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 916320 TAPE,NEOPRN SPLCG 3M #130C 3/4 2 RL U I Material P Yes
2 922104 TAPE,MASKING 2IN 60YD 1 RL U I Material P Yes
2 159175 STICKER,CENTER OF GRAVITY,SPS 2 EA U I Material P Yes
2 127013 GREASE,SILICON (5.3 OZ TUBE) * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 179855 DECAL,SPS SHELL OMALA FLUIDS RL * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 179595 DECAL,SPS SHELL STAMINA RLS 2 GRSE * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 179856 DECAL,SPS SHELL ALVANIA GREASE CG * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 183499 NAMEPLATE,SPS CUSTOMER 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 302216 SCREW,DRIVE TYPE U #2 X.125 LG STL 4 EA U I Material P Yes
2 183497 NAMEPLATE,SPS SYSTEM 1 EA U I Material P Yes
1 169461 THINNER,LACQUER #900 SPS * 0.28 GA U I Material P Yes
1 159543 PAINT,PSX700FD CURE * 0.28 GA U R Material P No
1 159372 PAINT,PSX700 CARLSBAD CANYON BEIGE * 1.4 GA U R Material P No
1 165208 MOTOR,SPS 500HP 460/60 TEFC 5010USS I8* 1 EA U R Material P No
1 165209 VSD,SPS TSB 500HP 460V HX7 NEMA3R* 1 EA U R Material P No
1 189652 KIT,SPS MOTOR EMS 12.5"SH WIDE 1 EA U J Material M No
2 139853 SCREW,HHC 3/4-10UNC X 3 STL ZN-PL GR8* 4 EA U I Material P Yes
2 139823 WASHER,PLAIN HARDENED 3/4 STL ZN-PL * 4 EA U I Material P Yes
2 128464 WASHER,DOCK 1" ZINC PLATED STL 4 EA U I Material P Yes
2 139429 SCREW,HHC 1.0-8UNC-2A X 3" 4 EA U I Material P Yes
2 128959 WASHER,PLAIN HARDEND 1.0 ZINC OFW1000SZH 4 EA U I Material P Yes
2 189456 ADAPTER,SPS MOTOR 12.5"SH WIDE * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163492 SILICONE,SEALANT GE 10.1OZ CLEAR * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
1 189655 KIT,CPLG FLEX 1080T20 2 3/8 X 2 3/8 1 EA U J Material M No
2 159252 GRID,FLEX CPLG 1080T SERIES * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 169379 COVER,FLEX CPLG 1080T20 SERIES * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 159234 HUB,FLEX COUPLING 1080T 2 3/8"DIA 2 EA U I Material P Yes
1 2646488011 SCREW,SET 3/8-16UNC-3A X1/2 CUP PNT* 2 EA U I Material P Yes
WOOD GROUP ESP

Indented Current Bill of Material Report Page: 2
1 139898 COVER,CPLG SPS 1025G ALUM 8.5"LG 1 EA U I Material P Yes

1 165236 KIT,SPS TC&BRKT 14.50 HD2S API 1 EA U J Material M No
2 199069 GROUP,SPS TC&BRKT 14.50 HD2S API 1 EA U J Material M No
3 199067 CHAMBER,THRUST SPS ASSY HDTC 1/2" STD* 1 EA U J Material M No
3 139719 SUCTION,ADPTR SPS TC API LG * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
3 128435 SCREW,HHC 1/2-13UNC-2A X 1 1/2 12 EA U I Material P Yes
3 139731 SCREEN,SPS THR CHMBR API 11 2 EA U I Material P Yes
3 128513 SCREW,PANHEAD TRUSS HD1/4-20X1/2 SS 4 EA U I Material P Yes
3 159788 BRACKET,SPS HDTC 14.5"SH * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
3 128332 SCREW,HHC 1/2-20UNF-2A X 1 3/4 8 EA U I Material P Yes
3 128677 SCREW,HHC 3/8-16UNC-2A X 3/4" 4 EA U I Material P Yes
3 128333 SCREW,HHC 1.0-14UNS-2A X 4.0 4 EA U I Material P Yes
3 128222 NUT,HEX 1.0-14UNS-2B 4 EA U I Material P Yes
3 139758 WASHER,DOCK 1" ZINC PLATED STL (2.5"OD) 4 EA U I Material P Yes
1 159454 RTD,SPS THR CHMBR CONAX W/XMTTR * 1 EA U R Material P No
1 128286 KEYSTOCK,5/8 CARBON STL 12.0 LG 4.5 IN U I Material P Yes
1 199361 KIT,SPS SUCTION CAST JC1648 VIT 1.5 1 EA U J Material M No
2 159793 HOUSING,SUCTION SPS CAST MACH 3SS 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 179323 SEAL,MECH SPS 1.5 JC1648 SGL SC/CA VIT* 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 179848 SHAFT,STUB SPS 14.25 1.5 SPLN JC8B1 N50 1 EA U I Material M Yes
2 136350 SCREW,HSC 5/16-24UNF-3A 1 MNL 8 EA U I Material P Yes
2 2646450006 SHIM,.830 x 3/8 x .030 304SS 4 EA U I Material P Yes
2 123267 SCREW,ADJ SFT 1.0-1.18 3/8-24UNF-2A MNL 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 183401 SCREW,HHC 1/2-13UNC X 1 3/4 ZNPL * 8 EA U I Material P Yes
2 908244 WASHER,LOCK 1/2 304SS 8 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163913 SCREW,HHC 1/4-28UNF X 1 1/4 3SS * 8 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163235 PLUG,1/2"NPT HEX HD 304* 3 EA U I Material P Yes
1 179934 EXP JOINT,6" CL150 8"LG 300PSI TR SST* 1 EA U I Material P Yes
1 165238 KIT,SPS SUCTION NOZZLE 6" CL150 HSN 1 EA U J Material M No
2 179787 GROUP,SPS SUCTION NOZZLE 6" CL150 HSN 1 EA U I Material M Yes
3 169364 NOZZLE,SUCTION SPS 6" CL150 CAST MACH 1 EA U I Material P Yes
3 139804 SCREW,HHC 1/2-13UNC X 2 STL ZN-PL* 8 EA U I Material P Yes
3 908244 WASHER,LOCK 1/2 304SS 8 EA U I Material P Yes
3 702258 O'RING,HSN 75 DURO #258 1 EA U I Material P Yes
1 199445 KIT,SPS PUMP ADPTR TM 1.19 1.5SS HSN 1 EA U J Material M No
2 159635 GROUP,SPS PUMP ADPTR TM 1.19 1.5SS HSN 1 EA U I Material M Yes
3 159644 COUPLING,PUMP/SEAL TR7 INC 1.19 X 1.5 1 EA U I Material M Yes
3 139816 SCREW,HHC 9/16-18UNF X 1 3/4 STL ZN-PL* 14 EA U I Material P Yes
3 128435 SCREW,HHC 1/2-13UNC-2A X 1 1/2 8 EA U I Material P Yes
WOOD GROUP ESP

3 128434 ADAPTER,PUMP SPS TM 3SS 1 EA U I Material P Yes

1 177313 PUMP,SPS TM9.5"19000A 24STG AR 3SS EHS* 1 EA U J Material M No
1 199314 KIT,SPS PUMP SPRT EMS 14.50"SH TN 4 EA U J Material M No
2 159304 SUPPORT,SPS PUMP EMS ASSY TN 4 EA U I Material P Yes
2 199699 STUD,1.0-8UNC-2A X 8.0 1424 XYLAN- TAN* 16 EA U R Material P No
2 199698 NUT,HEX 1.0-8UNC-2B 1424 XYLAN- TAN* 64 EA U R Material P No
2 139758 WASHER,DOCK 1" ZINC PLATED STL (2.5"OD) 16 EA U I Material P Yes
1 165240 KIT,SPS DISCH TM 4" CL 900 RF 3SS HSN* 1 EA U J Material M No
2 165085 GROUP,SPS DISCH TM 4" CL 900 RF 3SS HSN* 1 EA U J Material M No
3 159716 HEAD,SPS DISCH MACH BUTT TM 4" 3SS 1 EA U I Material P Yes
3 159721 STUB,END LAP JOINT BUTT 4" RF 3SS 1 EA U I Material P Yes
3 128476 FLANGE,LAP JOINT 4" CL 900 1 EA U I Material P Yes
3 702237 O'RING,HSN 75 DURO #237 1 EA U R Material P No
3 163295 SCREW,HHC 9/16-18UNF X 2 1/4 ZNPL * 14 EA U I Material P Yes
3 159130 GASKET,4" CL 900 RF FLEXITALLIC * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
1 139402 FRAME,SPS EMS STD 22A* 1 EA U I Material P Yes
1 169302 TRANSMITTER,SEISMIC VIBRTN ST5491E-021 * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
1 159181 MOUNT,MURPHY PRESS GAUGE EMS SHORT 2 EA U I Material P Yes
1 730206 SCREW,PANHD 1/4-20 X 1.0 STL ZNPL 6 EA U I Material P Yes
1 128337 NUT,HEX LOCK 1/4-20UNC-2 NYLON 6 EA U I Material P Yes
1 159182 BUSHING,MURPHY SUPPORT SPS 2 EA U I Material P Yes
1 163186 SCREW,CARR 1/2-13UNC X 3.5 G5 STLZP 2 EA U I Material P Yes
1 128328 WASHER,PLAIN 1/2" ZINC PLATE STL 2 EA U I Material P Yes
1 139841 SCREW,HHC 3/8-16UNC X 3 1/2 STL ZN-PL * 4 EA U I Material P Yes
1 115554 NUT,HEX LOCK 3/8-16UNC NYLON 4 EA U I Material P Yes
1 128300 WASHER,PLAIN 3/8"ZINC PLATE STL 8 EA U I Material P Yes
1 163251 NIPPLE,1/2"NPT X 1 1/2" SCH80 3SS * 4 EA U I Material P Yes
1 163252 TEE,1/2"FNPT 3000# 3SS * 2 EA U I Material P Yes
1 163527 ELBOW,90DEG 1/2"MNPT 3SS SWG * 2 EA U I Material P Yes
1 169031 VALVE,BLOCK&BLEED 1/2"FNPT 6KPSI 3SS * 4 EA U I Material P Yes
1 163632 FITTING,STR 1/2"MNPT X 1/4"MJIC 3SS * 8 EA U I Material P Yes
1 189878 HOSE,SSBRD FJIC F929B-06C-06C-4-4-4-60 * 4 EA U R Material P No
1 189411 FITTING,UNION 1/2" FNPT SWG 3SS* 1 EA U I Material P Yes
1 199689 FITTING,STR 1/2"FNPT X 1/4"FNPT 3SS* 1 EA U R Material P No
1 169417 GAGE,PRES MURPHY 45APE S 30V-300 1 EA U I Material P Yes
1 169318 TRANSMITTER,PRESS 0- 200 ROSEMNT 3051T* 1 EA U I Material P Yes
1 128447 GAGE,PRES MURPHY 45APE S 0-2000 1 EA U I Material P Yes
WOOD GROUP ESP

1 199679 TRANSMITTER,PRESS 0-2000 ROSEMNT 3051T* 1 EA U R Material P No

1 169008 KIT,SPS JBOX MOUNT STD & EXP SP1000 1 EA U J Material M No
2 159801 MOUNT,SPS JBOX STD & EXP 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163186 SCREW,CARR 1/2-13UNC X 3.5 G5 STLZP 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 139800 SCREW,HHC 1/4-20UNC X 1 STL ZN PL * 4 EA U I Material P Yes
2 139813 SCREW,HHC 1/4-20UNC X 1 1/4 4SS * 4 EA U I Material P Yes
1 179181 BOX,JUNCTION SPS 12X12X6 NEMA4 2 HOLE * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
1 199053 KIT,SPS COOLER DEVINE BOL30 STD A HDTC 1 EA U J Material M No
2 189656 COOLER,OIL SPS DEVINE BOL30* 1 EA U R Material P No
2 159957 OIL,ISO 68 SHELL OMALA RL 5GA SPS* 4 EA U I Material P Yes
2 189669 BRACKET,SUPPORT DEVINE OIL COOLER* 1 PR U R Material P No
2 169482 BLOCK,SPS OIL COOLER 3X3X1THK 1/2" HOLE 2 EA U I Material P Yes
2 183016 SCREW,HHC 3/8-16UNC X 2 1/2 ZN-PL * 2 EA U I Material P Yes
2 159951 HEATER,IMMERSION WATLOW OIL RES * 1 EA U R Material P No
2 183017 SCREW,HHC 3/8-16UNC X 1 1/4 ZN-PL* 6 EA U I Material P Yes
2 159650 BLOCK,HEADER SPS TC OIL INJ * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163501 FITTING,ELL 1/4"MNPT X 1/4"MJIC 3SS * 3 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163270 PLUG,1/4"NPT HEX HEAD 3SS* 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163500 FITTING,STR 1/4"MNPT X 1/4"MJIC 3SS * 3 EA U I Material P Yes
2 189881 HOSE,SSBRD FJIC F929B-06C-06C-4-4-4-36 * 3 EA U R Material P No
2 183098 BUSHING,PIPE 3/8 X 1/4 3SS * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 139091 NIPPLE,1/4"NPT HEX 7200PSI 3SS* 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163471 VALVE,NEEDLE 1/4"NPT MXF 10KPSI 3SS* 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163239 TEE,1/4"NPT 3000# 304 * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163381 GAGE,PRESS 100 PSI 1/4"NPT 3SS LF * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 179862 SWITCH,PRESS GEMS PS4130 25-100 PSI* 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 169544 HOSE,HYDRAULIC 3/8" SAE X 66"LG 100R2 * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 179696 HOSE,VINYL 1 1/4" X 55"LG POLY BRAIDED * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 189562 FITTING,ELL 1 1/4"MJIC X 1 1/4" MNPT* 1 EA U R Material P No
2 183677 FITTING,STR 1 5/16MSAEX3/4FSAE 4SS* 1 EA U R Material P No
2 183679 FITTING,STR 3/4"MSAE X 3/8"MJIC 4SS* 1 EA U R Material P No
1 165241 KIT,SPS SEAL FLUSH PLAN 31 3SS 1 EA U J Material M No
2 163520 COMPOUND,THREAD SEALANT SWAK 0.25 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163519 TAPE,TEFLON 1/2" SWG* 1 RL U I Material P Yes
WOOD GROUP ESP

2 163510 FITTING,STR 1/2"MNPT X 1/2"TBG SWG 3SS* 3 EA U I Material P Yes

2 169131 VALVE,BALL 1/2"FNPT 2000PSI SS PARKER * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163516 ELBOW,90DEG 1/2"FNPT 3SS SWG * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163511 FITTING,STR 1/2"MNPT X 3/4"TBG SWG 3SS* 2 EA U I Material P Yes
2 183667 TUBING,3SS 3/4"OD X .083" WALL* 240 IN U R Material P No
2 179870 TUBING,3SS 1/2"OD X .049" WALL * 120 IN U I Material P Yes
2 183052 FITTING,ELL 3/4"TBG X 3/4"TBG SWG 3SS * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163515 NIPPLE,1/2"NPT HEX SHORT 3SS SWG * 2 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163518 TEE,1/2"NPT 3SS SWG * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 139797 NIPPLE,1/2"NPT X 6" SCH80 3SS * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163235 PLUG,1/2"NPT HEX HD 304* 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163907 VALVE,NEEDLE 1/2"NPT FXF 6KPSI 3SS * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163253 BUSHING,PIPE 1/2 X 1/4 3SS * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 159918 GAGE,PRESS 600 PSI 1/4"NPT 4SS LF * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 183680 FITTING,ELL 1/2"MNPT X 1/2"TBG SWG 3SS* 3 EA U R Material P No
2 169916 SEPARATOR,CYCLONE JC MODEL 10 1/2"NPT * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 183419 UNISTRUT,1.625 X 1.625 GALV SLOTTED 54"L 1 EA U I Material M Yes
2 159085 NUT,UNISTRUT 3/8-16UNC FOR 1 5/8" P3008 3 EA U I Material P Yes
2 163767 SCREW,HHC 3/8-16UNC X 1 1/2 ZN-PL * 2 EA U I Material P Yes
2 183017 SCREW,HHC 3/8-16UNC X 1 1/4 ZN-PL* 3 EA U I Material P Yes
2 127542 WASHER,LOCK 3/8" 303SS 3 EA U I Material P Yes
2 199677 BRACKET,SPS L2X2X3/16 2 1/8 LG PLAN 31 1 EA U R Material P No
1 189092 KIT,SPS ELECTRICAL WIRING INSTALLATION 1 EA U I Material M Yes
2 159762 BOX,CONDUIT OUTLET 3 WAY * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 159763 BOX,CONDUIT OUTLET 4 WAY * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 159764 PLUG,INSERT RECESSED 1" * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 159765 CONNECTOR,LIQ-TITE 1" 90 DEGREE * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 159766 CONNECTOR,LIQ-TITE 1/2" 90 DEGREE * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 159767 CONNECTOR,LIQ-TITE 1/2" STRAIGHT * 5 EA U I Material P Yes
2 159768 CONNECTOR,LIQ-TITE 1" STRAIGHT * 1 EA U I Material P Yes
2 159769 CONDUIT,LIQ-TITE FLEXIBLE 1/2" * 12 FT U I Material P Yes
2 159770 CONDUIT,LIQ-TITE FLEXIBLE 1" * 5 FT U I Material P Yes
2 159771 REDUCER,1X1/2 * 3 EA U I Material P Yes
2 159779 COUPLING,CONDUIT 1/2" GALVANIZED * 2 EA U I Material P Yes
1 159759 CONDUIT,GALVANIZED STEEL 1"* 2 EA U I Material P Yes
1 159760 CLAMP,EDGE SPS 1" CONDUIT* 3 EA U I Material P Yes
1 159761 WIRE,SHIELDED 18/4 WIRE* 37 FT U I Material P Yes
MANSAROVAR
Colombia, 2010
Section 3
ASSEMBLY
Three UNITS
• Procedures
TITLE: ORIGINATOR : NUMBER :
C. Ketter ES-5PMP-HPS031
High Pressure Surface
Approval Signature: REV: NR
Pump Assembly PAGE 1 OF 9
DATE: 4/4/01
ENGINEERING
SPECIFICATION
Revision ECN # Revisions Product Approval V.P. of Approval Date

Manager Date Engineering
NR New Release N. Ferrier 4/4/01 S. Breit 4/4/01
1.0 PURPOSE
1.1 The purpose of this specification is to provide the required sequence of operations
for assembling the High Pressure Surface pump in the factory.
2.0 SCOPE
2.1 This specification applies to Wood Group ESP factory assembly only.
3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS
3.1 HPS Toolkit – P/N 128786
3.2 HPS Motor Alignment – Process Procedure P008281
3.3 Quick Dry Enamel Paint Specification – Material Specification MS-2448-05
3.0 PROCEDURE
3.1 Level the skid.
3.1.1 Place the skid on 6”x 4” steel blocks, spaced approximately 4 feet apart.
Be sure to place blocks at the ends too.
3.1.2 Place a carpenters level across the width of the skid on the motor plate and
on the last pump support pad. Shim the skid so that it is level at these two
locations.
3.1.3 To level the skid lengthwise setup the laser level, magnetic base, and
pocket scale as shown in Figure 1.
THIS DOCUMENT IS AND CONTAINS UNPUBLISHED COPYRIGHTED AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF WOOD GROUP ESP,
INC., AND IS REVEALED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY. THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF WOOD GROUP ESP, INC. AND IS
TO BE RETURNED TO WOOD GROUP ESP, INC. ON REQUEST AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED, USED OR DISCLOSED TO
PERSONS NOT HAVING A NEED TO KNOW CONSISTENT WITH THE PURPOSE OF THE DOCUMENT, WITHOUT THE WRITTEN
CONSENT OF WOOD GROUP ESP, INC. THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT RENTED, LOANED OR SOLD. EITHER ALONE OR IN
CONJUNCTION WITH EQUIPMENT OR PRODUCT.
TITLE: NUMBER :
ES-5PMP-HPS031
High Pressure Surface Pump REV: NR

Assembly PAGE 2 OF 10
ENGINEERING
SPECIFICATION
3.1.4 Beginning at the location of the pump support pad closest to the motor
plate, shim the skid to the 6”x 4” steel blocks. Repeat this for all pump
support pads. The laser should strike the pocket scale at the same
measurement at each location. Make sure the 4 corners remain solidly
supported and recheck all leveling at the original locations.
3.1.5 Any extension frames should be leveled in the same manner and bolted to
the skid with the centerline of the hole pattern on the pump support pads
aligned.
Figure 1 – Skid Leveling
3.2 Install the motor.
3.2.1 Set the appropriate motor adapter plate in place and shim it tight to the
motor table. Note – not all units will require a motor adapter plate.
TITLE: NUMBER :
ES-5PMP-HPS031

ENGINEERING
SPECIFICATION
3.2.2 Mount jackscrew blocks and jackscrews. Jackscrew blocks should be

mounted on washers so they don’t interfere with shims.
3.2.3 Set one .125” shim on each of the 4 holes/slots where the motor will rest.
3.2.4 Set the motor in place with studs, washers, and nuts loosely assembled.
Note - use plain nuts on the motor foot bolts during the alignment steps.
Replace with lock nuts when alignment is completed.
3.2.5 Install the motor coupling half on the motor shaft. The key will be
supplied with the motor. Follow instructions supplied with coupling.
3.2.6 Install the laser straightshot tool (T4931) on the end of the motor shaft
with the appropriate adapter from Table 1.
Adapter Part Number Motor Shaft Diameter

T3962 2 3/8
T3981 2 1/2
T3982 2 5/8
T3983 2 7/8
Table 1 – Laser Straightshot Motor Shaft Adapters
3.2.7 Adjust the laser in its adapter with the set screws until runout is zero. To
check this, rotate the shaft by hand and watch the path the laser takes. The
path can be observed on a wall or on a piece of paper held by someone
sufficiently far away to pick up any runout.
3.2.8 Use the setup shown in Figure 2 to align the motor. The carpenter’s
squares should be placed on the measured center of the pump support
pads and held on with magnetic bases.
3.2.9 Adjust the motor using the jackscrews until half the laser beam shows up
on each carpenter’s square.
TITLE: NUMBER :
ES-5PMP-HPS031

ENGINEERING
SPECIFICATION
Figure 2 – Motor Alignment Setup
3.3 Mount and align the thrust chamber assembly.
3.3.1 Mount the thrust chamber shaft coupling half. Follow instructions
supplied with coupling.
3.3.1 Set one .125” shim on each of the 4 holes/slots where the thrust chamber
bracket will be mounted. Lift the thrust chamber assembly and bolt it
loosely in place. Note: Installation of the thrust chamber assembly can be
made easier by attaching the thrust chamber to the thrust chamber bracket
before mounting the assembly to the skid.
TITLE: NUMBER :
ES-5PMP-HPS031

ENGINEERING
SPECIFICATION
3.3.3 Install the straight shot laser tool on the end of the thrust chamber shaft
with adapter T3839. Reduce the runout to zero using method given in
3.2.7.
3.3.4 Use the two carpenter’s squares and magnetic bases to align the thrust
chamber as shown in Figure 3. Adjust the thrust chamber until half the
laser beam shows up on each carpenter’s square.
Figure 3 – Thrust Chamber Alignment
3.3.5 Tighten the bolts holding down the thrust chamber bracket. See torque
values given in Table 3.
3.4 Align the motor and thrust chamber according to Process Procedure P008281.
TITLE: NUMBER :
ES-5PMP-HPS031

ENGINEERING
SPECIFICATION
3.5 Assemble intake. (This is for Class 150 intakes only. Consult engineering for
installation of other intakes.)
3.5.1 Bolt the stub shaft in place.
3.5.2 Bolt the seal plate in place on the intake adapter.
3.5.3 Use seal installation tool T2389 to install the mechanical seal stationary
face in the seal plate. Lubricate the O-ring with oil.
3.5.4 Install the rotating portion of the mechanical seal and the retaining ring
using tool number T2389.
3.5.5 Install a grease lubricated O-ring on the seal plate and bolt the intake in
place. Observe customer specifications for orientation of the intake flange.
3.5.6 Bolt the pump adapter plate in place. Lubricate the O-ring with grease.
3.5.7 Install the shaft extension plug and set thrust chamber shaft extension.
Shaft extension is -1.125”, measured from the outer face of the intake
adapter plate.
3.6 Mount and align pump supports.
3.6.1 Place 1" allthread rods, with washers and nuts, in each of the 4 holes on all
pump support pads on the skid. Tightly bolt them in place leaving 1/2 inch
of thread below the bottom nut.
3.6.2 Place pump supports on allthread rods.
3.6.3 Install laser straightshot tool on end of stub shaft with adapter T3963.
Reduce the runout to zero using method given in 3.2.7.
3.6.4 Place an appropriate pump support height setting tool in the pump support.
TITLE: NUMBER :
ES-5PMP-HPS031

ENGINEERING
SPECIFICATION
Tool Part Number Pump Size

T5861 TD
T5862 TG
T5863 TE
T5864 TJ
T5865 TM
Table 2 – Pump Support Height Setting Tools
3.6.5 Adjust the pump support until the laser hits the tool on the hole drilled in
its center.
3.6.6 Repeat 3.6.4 – 3.6.5 for each pump support.
3.6.7 Remove the laser straightshot tool.
3.6.8 Loosely install the top nuts and washers on all studs.
3.7 Install the pump.
3.7.1 Place the pump in the pump supports, leaving a working gap of about 18
inches between pump base and intake. Any lock plates that could interfere
with pump alignment or mounting should be removed and the housing
ground smooth.
3.7.2 Set shaft extension on the pump. Use field shaft setting instructions as
described in the appropriate process procedure.
3.7.3 Place 2 rolling jacks (tool number 128797) under the pump and raise them
until they make contact with the pump. Raise the pump slightly out of the
pump supports, so the jacks will roll freely.
3.7.5 Use the jacks to angle the base of the pump down towards the intake. Roll
the pump to the intake, and check to see if it will mate with the intake.
Adjust the jacks until the pump will mate with the intake.
TITLE: NUMBER :
ES-5PMP-HPS031

ENGINEERING
SPECIFICATION
3.7.6 Install the coupling and a grease lubricated O-ring. Rotate the pump so
that the name plate is pointing up. Bolt the pump to the intake using anti-
seize on the bolts.
3.7.7 Let down the rolling jacks.
3.7.8 Tighten the second pump support. Check the alignment gauges and adjust
the second pump support so that the gauges return to zero.
3.7.9 Tighten the first pump support. Check the alignment gauges again and
adjust the first pump support as necessary. (If there are only two pump
supports, skip ahead to 3.8)
3.7.10 Tie wrap the laser level to the pump between the first and second pump
supports, and place the pocket scale and magnetic base on the pump as
shown in Figure 4.
3.7.11 Starting with the third pump support align the pump in the horizontal and
vertical direction using the laser. Adjust one pump support at a time, and
check the shaft alignment after each adjustment. (Note: Figure 4 shows
the setup for horizontal alignment. For vertical alignment rotate the laser
to the top of the pump)
Figure 4 – Pump Alignment

TITLE: NUMBER :
ES-5PMP-HPS031

ENGINEERING
SPECIFICATION
3.7.10 Install the pump support clamps on the remaining pump supports.
3.7.11 Check alignment one last time, and adjust first pump support if necessary.
3.8 Install the pump discharge.
3.9 Test the HPS according to testing instructions or customer specifications.
3.10 Coupling guard.
3.10.1 Wrap the coupling to protect from corrosion and dirt during shipment.
3.10.2 Bolt the guard in place.
3.11 Paint HPS components and apply decals.
3.11.1 Clean any grease, oil, dirt, water, etc. from the unit.
3.11.2 Mask thrust chamber, intake/discharge flange faces, and nameplates.
3.11.3 Paint any unpainted components. Touc h- up paint as needed any pre-
painted components. Use Mousell Soil colored quick dry enamel. See
MS-2448-05.
3.11.4 Allow paint to dry overnight, and apply decals to the skid.
TITLE: NUMBER :
ES-5PMP-HPS031

ENGINEERING
SPECIFICATION
Screw Size (Diameter, in.) Application Torque Value (ft-lbs)*

1/4 Pump Base/Discharge Head 9-11
1/2 Pump Support Clamps 30-35
5/8 Motor Foot/Thrust Chamber Bracket 152-156
1 Motor Foot/Thrust Chamber Bracket 584-588
Table 3 – Recommended Torque Values for Critical Components
* These values are for monel or grade 5 carbon steel bolts unlubricated, and are regardless of thread
pitch (course/fine).
TITLE: DEPARTMENT: NUMBER: P00828
Manufacturing
INSTRUCTIONS FOR MOTOR REV: NR
ALIGNMENT HORIZONTAL
Process Procedure PUMPING SYSTME RELEASE DATE:
PAGE 1 OF 6
1/15/97
Revision PCR # Amendment Details Approved by Date

A ----------- Added Header N. Ferrier 4/4/01
1.0 PURPOSE
1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to provide an orderly sequence of operations for
aligning the horizontal pumping unit motor shaft to the thrust chamber shaft during
factory assembly of a horizontal pumping system.
2.0 SCOPE
2.1 This procedure applies to the Wood Group ESP - Oklahoma City facility.
3.0 PROCEDURE
3.1 Begin with the thrust chamber and pump mounted in position and aligned to each
other and to the skid (see horizontal pump assembly instructions). Coupling halves and
jackscrew blocks should be installed, and the motor should be setting on .125 shims in
it's approximate final location.
3.2 Move the motor with pry bar and jackscrews until coupling halves are approximately
.125 inches apart and horizontal offset is minimized. A shim may be used to separate
the coupling halves and facilitate rough alignment.
3.3 Use a 6 inch rule as a straight edge to bring the coupling halves into rough
alignment horizontally and vertically. When shimming for rough vertical alignment, be
sure to add or remove the same number of shims on all 4 motor feet.
3.4 Back off jackscrews and tighten all 4 motor foot bolts to the proper torque.
3.5 Check motor for 'soft foot', which will hamper further alignment efforts.
3.5.1 Place a magnetic base mounted dial indicator on one of the motor
feet next to the bolt and zero it.
3.5.2 Carefully loosen the bolt until the indicator stops moving. Note the
reading and tighten the bolt. The indicator should return to zero.
3.5.3 Repeat the above step for the other 3 motor feet, noting all
readings.
Check the network to ensure you have the latest revision of this document!
TITLE: NUMBER: P00828
INSTRUCTIONS FOR MOTOR ALIGNMENT REV: NR
HORIZONTAL PUMPING SYSTME
Process Procedure PAGE 2 OF 6
3.5.4 Add or subtract shims on motor feet as appropriate, and repeat

steps 3.5.1 through 3.5.4 until soft foot is minimized. Parallel soft foot
readings of greater than .004 could interfere with subsequent alignment
operations. Parallel soft foot readings of .002 or better are ideal, while
readings of .010 or more are unacceptable. Angular soft foot, caused by
a severely warped motor base or bent motor feet, should be corrected if
greater than .008 inches.
3.6 Install alignment tooling.
3.6.1 Make sure the coupling halves are the correct distance apart. Put one of
the grid halves on the coupling. Jam one or more slivers of wood or other soft
material through the coupling teeth to hold the coupling halves rigidly together.
For proper alignment accuracy all coupling lash must be eliminated.
3.6.2 Assemble the HPS shaft alignment tooling to the motor and thrust
chamber shafts (see Figure 1). All joints should be tight to minimize
'indicator droop'. Indicator probes should be perpendicular to the
surfaces that they touch. Rotate the assembly 360 degrees to be sure
the probes touch continuously and do not bottom out.
3.7 Vertical angular (VA) alignment.
3.7.1 VA alignment is always done first. Rotate the indicator assembly

until the angular alignment indicator is in the 6 o'clock position. Zero both
indicators and rotate the shaft 180 degrees until the angular alignment
indicator is in the 12 o'clock position.
3.7.2 Note the reading and determine whether the front or rear of the
motor needs to be moved. It may be helpful read the offset indicator at
this time and note whether the front of the motor needs to move up or
down.
3.7.3 Shim the motor and repeat the indicator sweep to see if readings
are within specifications (see specification tables). When shimming
during this step, always loosen and shim only the front 2 motor feet or
the rear 2 motor feet at one time, adding or subtracting the same
thickness of shims on both feet.
3.8 Vertical offset (VO) alignment.
3.8.1 With all 4 foot bolts tight, turn the shaft until the offset indicator is
in the 6 o'clock position and zero it. Rotate the offset indicator to the 12
o'clock position and note the reading. Determine if the motor needs to
move up or down.
3.8.2 Add or remove shims as required, taking care to add or subtract

the same number of shims under each of the 4 feet.
3.8.3 Tighten all foot bolts and repeat the indicator reading. Do not
proceed to the next step until VA and VO are within specifications.
3.9 Horizontal angular (HA) alignment.
3.9.1 Turn the shaft until the angular alignment indicator is in either the 3
or 9 o'clock position. Zero both indicators and turn the shaft 180
degrees. Note the readings - the angular alignment is most important in
this step but paying attention to the offset indicator readings will help
determine whether it is more important to move the front or rear of the
motor.
3.9.2 Run one jackscrew up against the motor foot that will act as a pivot
point and loosen all foot bolts. Rotate the motor around the pivot point
with the jack screw on the opposite corner, watching the angular dial
indicator. Stop when the indicator goes half way back to zero.
3.9.3 Again zero both dial indicators and rotate the shaft 180 degrees to
check whether angular alignment is within specifications.
3.10 Horizontal offset (HO) alignment.
3.10.1 Turn the shaft until the offset indicator is in the 3 o'clock or 9
o'clock position. Zero the indicator and turn the shaft 180 degrees. Note
which direction the motor needs to move.
3.10.2 Snug up the 2 jackscrews that will be used to move the motor and
back off the other two. Turn the two snug screws exactly the same
amount while watching the offset indicator. When it has moved half way
back to zero, stop and tighten the foot bolts.
3.10.3 Zero the indicators and turn the shaft 360 degrees to check
whether alignment is within specifications listed in the following tables.
3.11 Replace standard nuts with lock nuts on all 4 motor foot bolts, one at a time.
ALIGNMENT SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE 1
MOTOR -TO -THRUST CHAMBER COUPLING ANGULAR ALIGNMENT, ANGLE IN DEGREES
ABSOLUTE INDICATOR PLUNGER DISTANCE FROM SHAFT CENTERLINE, INCHES
INDICATOR 3.50 3.75 4.00 4.25 4.50 4.75 5.00 5.25 5.50 5.75 6.00 ALIGNMENT
READING (TIR) CONDITION
0.001 .008 .008 .007 .007 .006 .006 .006 .005 .005 .005 .005 BEST
0.002 .016 .015 .014 .013 .013 .012 .011 .011 .010 .010 .010
0.003 .025 .023 .021 .020 .019 .018 .017 .016 .016 .015 .014
0.004 .033 .031 .029 .027 .025 .024 .023 .022 .021 .020 .019 GOOD
0.005 .041 .038 .036 .034 .032 .030 .029 .027 .026 .025 .024
0.006 .049 .046 .043 .040 .038 .036 .034 .033 .031 .030 .029
0.007 .057 .053 .050 .047 .045 .042 .040 .038 .036 .035 .033
0.008 .065 .061 .057 .054 .051 .048 .046 .044 .042 .040 .038 ACCEPTABLE
0.009 .074 .563 .064 .061 .057 .054 .052 .049 .047 .045 .043
0.010 .082 .076 .072 .067 .064 .060 .057 .055 .052 .050 .048 UNACCEPTABLE
Instructions for Table 1:
1. Measure the distance from the shaft centerline to the plunger of the angular alignment
indicator. Round to the nearest 1/4 inch and find the column that corresponds to your
measurement.
2. Using the VA or HA reading, find the row (labeled ABSOLUTE INDICATOR READING) that
corresponds to that reading.
3. Read the misalignment angle from the table. To decide whether this angle is acceptable, go
to the far right column, which is labeled appropriately for most HPS's.
Example:
1. The distance from the shaft centerline to the plunger of the angular alignment indicator is
measured as 4.5 inches.
2. The HA reading on the indicator is .006.
3. Moving along the .006 row to the 4.50 column in Table 1, we read .038 degrees angular
misalignment. This reading is between the heavy lines denoting the "ACCEPTABLE" range.
TABLE 2
MOTOR-TO-HTC OFFSET ALIGNMENT
ABSOLUTE INDICATOR VERTICAL HORIZONTAL
READING (TIR) (MOTOR LOW)
0.000 GOOD BEST
0.001 GOOD BEST
0.002 GOOD GOOD
0.003 BEST GOOD
0.004 BEST ACCEPTABLE
0.005 GOOD ACCEPTABLE
0.006 GOOD UNACCEPTABLE
0.007 ACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE
0.008 ACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE
0.009 UNACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE
0.010 UNACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE
Alignment condition: BEST - This is the preferred condition.

GOOD - Machine may be left in this condition with no problems.
ACCEPTABLE - Should be improved upon but may be left this
way in an emergency.
UNACCEPTABLE - Must be improved to prevent eventual
machine damage.
MOTOR FOOT BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

BOLT SIZE 5/8 3/4 1
TORQUE, FT-LB 130 - 150 180 - 210 325 - 375
TITLE: AUTHOR: NUMBER: M2023
M. Lee REV: NR
FIELD SETTING SHAFT EXT. NON-
HYDRAULIC BALANCED TJ PUMPS RELEASE DATE: PAGE 1 OF 8
Manufacturing Revised P00866
11/25/03 Rev C
Process Procedure
Rev PCR # Amendment Details Product Date VP Date

Manager Approval
NR Z031466 Rewrite of P00866, Revision C M. Tyagi 12/09/03 S. Breit 12/09/03
1.0 PURPOSE
1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to provide and orderly sequence of operations for
setting the shaft extension on non-hydraulically balanced TJ pumps in the field.
2.0 SCOPE
2.1 This procedure applies to the Wood Group ESP equipment installations worldwide.
3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
3.1 The Operator is responsible for the following:

• Understanding and following the process that is outlined in this procedure.
• Getting authorization to deviate when requirements in this procedure cannot be met.
4.0 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS AND REFERENCES
4.1 M2003 – Shaft Extension Settings

4.2 Drawing 115428 – Shaft Settings
5.0 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
5.1 Read and follow all Warnings, Precautions, Notes, and Instructions included in this
document.
• A Warning identifies an immediate hazard that exists that poses some probability
of causing death or serious injury.
• A Caution identifies potential conditions and actions that have the possibility of
death or severe injury.
• A Note identifies the need for general safety practices which, if violated, could
cause injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
** EXAMPLES **
Check the network to ensure you have the latest revision of this document!
TITLE: NUMBER: M2023
FIELD SETTING SHAFT EXT. NON-HYDRAULIC REV: NR
BALANCED TM & TN PUMPS
Manufacturing PAGE 2 OF 8
Process Procedure
High voltages are exposed during operation. Do not touch exposed surfaces
during test.
Caution Do not allow high-pressure air to be pointed into your face. Damage to the eyes
could result.
Note Check all lifting straps prior to their use, particularly rings and sewn edges.
** EXAMPLES **
6.0 PROCEDURE
6.1 General.
6.1.1 Assemble the motor, seal section, intake, and any adapters in the wellhead
following normal practices.
6.1.2 Place the pump on the truck or trailer bed so that both ends are easily accessible
and remove shipping cap(s).
6.1.3 Inspect the pump nameplate to verify the pump type.
• Shaft end play, in thousandths of one inch, is stamped on the nameplate.
6.1.4 NOTE: Some special TN1050 pumps built with large diameter bases are not
compatible with the tools shown here.
• A verification step may be used to confirm correct shaft settings on center

tandem pumps.
• To complete this verification step a pump clamp is required.

6.2 Measure shaft extension in the intake.
6.2.1 Bolt the shaft extension tool (SET) to the intake as shown in Figure 1.
• No coupling is used under this tool.
• The SET tool number is T2645.
Process Procedure
6.2.2 Turn the shaft extension screw until it contacts the top of the intake shaft.
• Continue to gently tighten the screw until a solid resistance is felt.
• The shaft should move downward approximately .040 inch until the thrust
runner face contacts the thrust bearing inside the seal.
6.2.3 Measure the distance from the head of the SET screw to the top of the SET using
scales, dial calipers, or (preferably) a depth micrometer (Figure 2) or steel rule.
• Record the number on line A of the Worksheet.
• NOTE: When shaft extension is below the flange, readings are recorded
as negative numbers, while shaft extensions above the flange are positive.
• All shaft extension measurements on TM and TN pumps and intakes will

be negative because the shafts extend below the flanges.
Process Procedure
6.3 Measure pump shaft end play and shaft extension.
6.3.1 Reverse the SET screw in the SET body and bolt the SET to the pump base. (Fig 3)
• Turn the screw to push the shaft into the up position, and measure the
distance from the face of the SET to the SET screw head using a depth
micrometer or dial calipers.
• Record the number on line C of the worksheet.
6.3.2 Push the pump shaft in the down position and turn the SET screw upwards until it
just touches the end of the pump shaft extension screw without moving the pump shaft.
Process Procedure
6.3.3 Tighten the jam nut and measure from the end of the SET screw to the face of
the SET tool.
• Record this number on line B of the Worksheet and subtract the number
on line C from it.
• Record the difference on line D.
• This is the shaft end play.
• The minimum end play for new pumps is 0.060 inches.
6.3.4 Remove the SET from the pump.
6.3.5 Measure the distance from the end of the SET screw to the top face of the SET as
in Figure 4.
• NOTE: It is important to measure from the top of the SET as shown since
the SET screw is 1/8” longer than the SET to compensate for the coupling
plate.
• NOTE:The screw is now reversed from Figure 1.

• Record this number as the pump shaft extension on line E of the
worksheet.
Process Procedure
6.3.6 Calculate the amount of shims to be added or removed from the pump shaft
extension and set the pump shaft extension.
• The object of the shimming is to raise the pump shaft .030 to .050 inches
when the equipment is assembled
6.3.7 Bolt the SET to the pump base and recheck the shaft extension.
6.4 Verify results of shimming.
6.4.1 Bolt the SET to the top of the CT pumps exactly as was done when measuring the
intake shaft extension (Figure 1), except that the pump will be laying on its side.
6.4.2 Measure the shaft extension.
• Results should be as in the table for “Factory Shaft Extensions” shown

below.
6.4.3 Remove the SET from the pump head or back the SET screw off at least 1/4 inch.
6.4.4 Pick up the pump, bolt it to the intake, and lower the equipment into the well until
the top of the pump is accessible.
6.4.5 Measure the shaft extension as in step 3.4.2.
• Results should be -1.125 +/- 0.010.
6.4.6 Turn the pump with a spline wrench.
• The assembly should rotate freely.
6.5 Factory shaft setting - shaft in down position

Top of CT Bottom of CT
(measured without coupling) (measured without coupling)
-1.165 +/- 0.010 -1.040 +/- 0.
Process Procedure
6.6 Specifications.
Stage Shaft Screw Shaft Spline Shaft Shaft Screw

Type Torque, Spline Size Wrench Setting Tool Socket Part
Inch/Lb. Inches Tool No. No. No.
Ref. Only
All 270 1- 3/16 T2638 T2645 T2802
Shim Part Shim

Number Thickness
A2646450-001 .005
A2646450-002 .010
A2646450-006 .030
NOTE: SHIM KIT #131613 contains 3 each of the above shim sizes.
Worksheet and Shim Calculation Example
A 12 stage TM675 is being installed on a TR7 seal and motor. The motor and seal are hung in
the wellhead and serviced, and the intake is removed from the pump and installed on the seal.
The SET tool is bolted to the intake and the shaft extension is measured as -.991 inches. The
number is negative because the end of the shaft is below the flange.
The SET is bolted to the pump and the shaft end play is measured as .112 inches. This agrees
well with the nameplate, which reads .115 inches, and is greater than the minimum.
The pump shaft extension in the down position is measured as -1.037 inches.
Subtracting the pump shaft extension from the intake shaft extension to get F:
A-E (-0.991) - (-1.037) = 0.046
Note: Subtracting a negative number is the same as adding.
Subtracting line F from line G:
G - F (0.040) - (0.046) = -0.006
So, .006 shims must be removed from the pump to set the shaft in the correct position.
Process Procedure
Worksheet
A. Intake shaft extension:

______________________________________________________
B. Pump shaft up:

____________________________________________________________
C. Pump shaft down:

_________________________________________________________
D. Pump shaft end play, B - C: _________________________________________________
E. Pump shaft extension, down position: _________________________________________
F. Subtract A from E: ________________________________________________________
G. Distance shaft should be raised: ______________________________________________
H. Subtract line F from line G: ___________________ This is the amount to shim the pump
and bolt on discharge.
TITLE: NUMBER M5000
SPS STANDARD PAINTING SYSTEM REV D
PAGE 1 OF 4
Rev DCR # Amendment Details Reviewed Date Approved Date

By By
NR 02-057 Release new procedure K. Snader 3/6/02 S. Breit 3/6/02
A Z031422 Added reference to MS-2448-22- PSX-700 N. Ferrier 10/20/03 S. Breit 10/23/03
B Z040916 Added reference 4.2 and procedure 6.7 N. Ferrier 8/23/04 S. Breit 8/25/04
Deleted sec. 4.1, moved 4.2 and 4.3 to 4.1 and
C Z051147 4.2, revised 4.1, 6.7.6, 6.7.10, deleted sec. 6.1, S. Hagan 10/14/05 C. Fry 10/14/05
6.1.1, 6.2, 6.2.2, 6.3
Administrative change format to work
N/A B. Alsobrook 01/03/06 B. Alsobrook 01/03/06
instruction
D 06-131 Updated instruction for new paint booth S. Hagan 8/4/06 C. Fry 8/4/06
process.
1.PURPOSE:
1.1. The purpose of this instruction is to provide a sequence of operations to properly

prepare and paint standard (on-shore) SPS systems.
2.SCOPE:
2.1. This instruction provides the requirements for painting SPS electric motors, pump
support weldments, thrust chambers, thrust chamber brackets, gauge mount brackets,
frames and frame extensions manufactured for Wood Group ESP.
3.RESPONSIBILITIES:
3.1. The Operator is responsible for the following:
3.1.1. Understanding and following the process that is outlined in this instruction.
3.1.2. Getting authorization to deviate when requirements in this instruction cannot be

met.
4.REFERENCE DOCUMENTS:
4.1. Paint thinner- ESP PN: 169461
4.2. MS-2448-22 – PSX-700
5.SAFETY PRECAUTIONS:
5.1. Read and follow all Warnings, Precautions, Notes, and Instructions included in this
document.
THIS DOCUMENT IS AND CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF WOOD GROUP, ESP, INC. THIS DOCUMENT IS
INTENDED FOR USE AND DISTRIBUTION WITHIN WOOD GROUP ESP, INC. DISTRIBUTION OUTSIDE WOOD GROUP ESP,
INC. MUST BE APPROVED BY THE VICE PRESIDENT OF ENGINEERING.
TITLE: NUMBER M5000
PAGE 2 OF 4
5.2. A Warning identifies an immediate hazard that exists that poses some probability of
causing death or serious injury.
5.3. A Caution identifies potential conditions and actions that have the possibility of
5.4. A Note identifies the need for general safety practices which, if violated, could cause
injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
6.INSTRUCTIONS:
6.1. SURFACE PREPARATION
6.1.1. Wipe all the surfaces to be painted with paint thinner (ESP PN: 90263-5).
Remove oil, grease, dirt, soil, salts, and contaminants with solvents, emulsions,
cleaning compounds or steam.
6.2. TOP COAT
6.2.1. Use PSX-700 Siloxane. Color: Carlsbad Canyon Beige. See PSX-700 #MS-
2448-22. ESP PN: 159372. Vendor: AMERON PSX-700 SILOXANE 1gal
(.64gal).
6.2.2. Use ESP PN: 159439, Paint lock cote 90 Series for SPS Pumps and thrust
chambers. Vendor: L/C-9007-05MT
6.3. APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
6.3.1. Refer to paint manufacturers instructions for application methods, number of

applications and drying times/methods.
TITLE: NUMBER M5000
PAGE 3 OF 4
THRUST CHAMBER
INSTRUMENT BRACKET
ELECTRIC COUPLING COVER INTAKE
MOTOR PUMP SUPPORT DISCHARGE
PUMP
MOTOR
ADAPTER
TABLE
FRAME THRUST CHAMBER BRACKET EXTENSION FRAME
6.3.2. Secure the proper Respirator over face and check for proper function. Use gloves
when applying thinner and paint.
6.3.3. Wipe all Surfaces to be painted with paint thinner (ESP#: 90263-5).
6.3.4. Tape (ESP#: 922104 or equivalent) all nameplates, valves, gauges, brass bolts
and nuts, flexible plumbing, exposed threads, vents & holes. On thrust chambers,
tape the sight glasses, screens, thermocouple plug, ball valve handle and oil cap.
6.3.5. If primer is not required, skip to step 6.7.6.
6.3.6. If primer is required use hand held quarter size paint pot. Fill out ¾ of the pot with
thinner or until thin. Paint with separate air hose and then allow primer to dry
completely. Sand down with scrubbing pads and paint using correct colors.
6.3.7. Use Tan (ESP#: 159372) for Horizontals systems. Fill the 2-gallon paint pot with
1 gallon of tan paint, 1 pint of hardner and 1 pint of thinner (PN: 169461 for
mixing paint only) or until thin and consistent.
6.3.8. Use Lock-coat (ESP#: 159439), for horizontal SPS pumps and thrust chambers.
Paint before these are placed on the SPS skid. Fill the 2-gallon paint pot with
lock-coat, mix with thinner until consistent.
6.3.9. Turn the blower fan on and close all paint booth doors. You will not have any air
pressure inside the booth until the fan is on.
6.3.10. Run paint through paint waste bucket until even color appears.
TITLE: NUMBER M5000
PAGE 4 OF 4
6.3.11. Paint all appropriate areas evenly.
6.3.12. Back Flush the liquid paint hose as follows: Adjust the air inlet valve to “0”
pressure. Bleed off trapped air from the pressure pot using the bleeder valve on
the lid. Unlatch the lid from the pressure pot and move it over to the side enough
to break the seal. Tightly cover the spray nozzel with a rag, squeeze the trigger
and hold for approximately 1 minute. Remove the lid and set to the side in order
to dispose of the liner into the waste barrell. Insert the new liner and fill with 2
quarts of lacquer thinner Part #902635. Reattach the lid and adjust the inlet
pressure to 10 psi. Detatch the shop air supply from the paint gun and spray
thinner through the line into a waste can until thinner is clear and airy.
6.3.13. Keep paint gun clean by using toothbrush and thinner after each use.
6.3.14. After the paint is dry, place decals on the SPS unit as to the unit’s drawing.
Center of gravity decal should be placed on the balance point of the frame on each
side.
6.3.15. Place nameplate on the top of the frame by the motor side, in the same side as the
intake. Insert the CD of operations manual into the junction box or secure
location prior to unit shipment.
6.3.16. Fill out paperwork and forward with the equipment to the next operation.
6.3.17. Dispose of paint thinner in waste barrell inside the paint cabinet. The barrell will
be labeled “waste”.
6.3.18. Dispose of the empty paint cans into the proper waste container labled for paint
can waste.
TITLE: ORIGINATOR: NUMBER:
S. Hagan MS-2448-22
PAINT, EPOXY REV: A
MATERIAL PSX 700 (SPS) DATE: 8/20/09
PAGE 1 OF 3
SPECIFICATION
Revision ECN # Revisions Reviewed Approval Approved Approval

By Date By Date
NR Z030473 Release Specification N. Ferrier 4/7/03 Steve Breit 4/9/03
A Z091130 Revised section 4.2.4 Mike Card 8/18/09 Mike Hughes 8/20/09
1.0 SCOPE
1.1 This specification covers the epoxy paint used for brackets, frames, and other
components in corrosive environments for Wood Group ESP, Inc. SPS
equipment installations.
2.0 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS
2.1 ASTM B-117 – Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus
2.2 ASTM D-610 – Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Rusting on Painted Steel
Surfaces
2.3 ASTM D-714 – Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Blistering of Paints
2.4 ASTM D-2485 – Test Methods for Evaluating Coatings for High Temperature
Service
2.5 ASTM D-3363 – Test Method for Film Hardness by Pencil Test
2.6 ASTM D-4060 – Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by
the Taber Abraser
2.7 ASTM D-4541 – Test Method for Pull Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable
Adhesion Testers
2.8 ASTM D-5894 – Practice for Cyclic Corrosion/UV Exposure of Painted Metal
(Alternating Exposures in a Fog/Dry Cabinet and a UV/Condensation Cabinet)
2.9 ASTM D-522 – Test Method for Airflow Resistance of Acoustical Materials.
2.10 ASTM D-1640 – Test Methods for Drying, Curing, or Film Formation of
Organic Coatings at Room Temperature.
2.11 ASTM D-2247 – Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100%
Relative Humidity.
2.12 ASTM G-53 – Practice for Operating Light and Water Exposure Apparatus
(Fluorescent UV-Condensation Type) for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials.
THIS DOCUMENT IS AND CONTAINS UNPUBLISHED COPYRIGHTED AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF

WOOD GROUP ESP, INC., AND IS REVEALED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY. THIS DOCUMENT IS THE
PROPERTY OF WOOD GROUP ESP, INC. AND IS TO BE RETURNED TO WOOD GROUP ESP, INC. ON REQUEST
AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED, USED OR DISCLOSED TO PERSONS NOT HAVING A NEED TO KNOW
CONSISTENT WITH THE PURPOSE OF THE DOCUMENT, WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF WOOD GROUP
ESP, INC. THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT RENTED, LOANED OR SOLD. EITHER ALONE OR IN CONJUNCTION WITH
EQUIPMENT OR PRODUCT.
TITLE: NUMBER:
MS-2448-22
PAINT, EPOXY REV: A
MATERIAL PSX 700 (SPS)
PAGE 2 OF 3
SPECIFICATION
3.0 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
3.1 GENERAL PROPERTIES
3.1.1 The material shall consist of two parts; 1) resin, and 2) curing agent.
3.1.2 The material may be applied by airless spray, conventional spray, brush,
or roller.
3.1.3 The material shall provide an approximate coverage of 289 square feet per
gallon (+/- 25 square feet), with a 5 mil thickness (dry).
3.1.4 The material shall demonstrate the following drying characteristics at 770
F:
Touch Dry 1 to 2 hours

Tack Free 3 to 4 ½ hours
Recoat Minimum 2 to 3 hours
Cure 14 days
Pot Life 5 hours
3.1.5 The material shall demonstrate a static coefficient of friction of at least

0.50 (Class A).
3.1.6 The material shall demonstrate no signs of failure in cracking or de-

lamination in the presence of moisture condensation and salt fog.
.
3.1.7 The material shall demonstrate a color resistance to 2500 F without
discoloration.
3.1.8 The material shall demonstrate a surface adhesion of a minimum of 2700

psi.
3.1.9 The two components of the material shall be mixed in a 4:1 ratio, by
volume (4 parts resin to 1 part curing agent).

TITLE: NUMBER:
MS-2448-22
PAINT, EPOXY REV: A
MATERIAL PSX 700 (SPS)
PAGE 3 OF 3
SPECIFICATION
4.0 QUALITY / INSPECTION
4.1 MATERIAL CERTIFICATION
4.1.1 Compliance of material to Section 3 of this specification shall be certified

by the vendor for each batch.
4.1.2 The material shall have a one year shelf life when stored, unopened, at 40
to 1000F (4 to 380C).
4.2 FINISH ACCEPTANCE
4.2.1 Brush or roller application may take more than one coat to provide
necessary coverage when compared to spray application.
4.2.2 Final finish of material should be gloss.
4.2.3 Final finish is dependent on proper cleaning of surface prior to painting

(SSPC-SP5-SP6, SP10).
4.2.4 The standard finish color of the material shall be “Carlsbad Canyon Beige”
unless otherwise specified.

SPS Project Painting System
Project: ZP0172Z
Customer: MANSAROVAR
Reference: PO: 23-2010001525
SYSTEM: F-02
MANSAROVAR
Colombia, 2010
Section 4
PARTS PROCESS
CONTROL PLAN
ZP0172Z RevA
PROCESS CONTROL PLAN
Product Line: SURFACE PUMP Customer: MANSAROVAR- JAZMIN Plant: OKC AND BOGOTA PLANTS Date:
Proce Machines, Device, Characteristics Method

Reaction Plan and
ss Process Step Tools for Evaluation Measurement Sampling
Product Process Prod./Proc. Specification Tolerance Control Method Corrective Action
Numb Manufacturing Technique Size Freq.
Frame (COLOMBIA) Dimensional & weld Inspection. Drawing, & Design specification AQL Per Shipment Inspection report & MTR
Motor Visual Inspection Design Specification AQL Per Shipment
Motor Coupling Dimensional Inspection Drawing spec. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 CMM,Calipers and Micrometers AQL Per Shipment Inspection report & MTR
Thrust Chamber Suction Housing Dimensional & weld Inspection. Drawing spec/ ASME weld Spec CMM,Calipers and Micrometers AQL Per Shipment Inspection report & MTR
Oil Cooler System Visual Inspection Design Specification AQL Per Shipment
Mechanical Seal Dimensional Inspection Drawing spec. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 CMM,Calipers and Micrometers AQL Per Shipment Inspection report & MTR
Plan 31 Seal System Dimensional Inspection Drawing spec. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 CMM,Calipers and Micrometers AQL Per Shipment Inspection report & MTR
Plan 31 Tubing Dimensional Inspection Drawing spec. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 CMM,Calipers and Micrometers AQL Per Shipment Inspection report & MTR Accept conforming parts
AQL Per Shipment and move to warehouse.
Stub Shaft Dimensional Inspection Drawing spec. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 CMM,Calipers and Micrometers Inspection report & MTR
Reject non-conforming
10 Incoming Receiving Inspection Trucks and Fork lifts AQL Per Shipment
Pump Adapter plate Dimensional Inspection Drawing spec. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 CMM,Calipers and Micrometers Inspection report & MTR parts and generate
AQL Per Shipment rejection material report for
Pump Base Dimensional Inspection Drawing spec. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 CMM,Calipers and Micrometers Inspection report & MTR
possible MRB disposition
Pump Housing Dimensional Inspection Drawing spec. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 CMM,Calipers and Micrometers AQL Per Shipment Inspection report & MTR
Pump Shaft Dimensional Inspection Drawing spec. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 CMM,Calipers and Micrometers AQL Per Shipment Inspection report & MTR
Pump Coupling Dimensional Inspection Drawing spec. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 CMM,Calipers and Micrometers AQL Per Shipment Inspection report & MTR
Pump Diffusser (Ni-1) Dimensional Inspection Drawing spec. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 CMM,Calipers and Micrometers AQL Per Shipment Inspection report & MTR
Pump Impeller (NI-1) Dimensional Inspection Drawing spec. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 CMM,Calipers and Micrometers AQL Per Shipment Inspection report & MTR
Pump Bushings/Spacers(Ni-1) Dimensional Inspection Drawing spec. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 CMM,Calipers and Micrometers AQL Per Shipment Inspection report & MTR
Pump Head Dimensional Inspection Drawing spec. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4 CMM,Calipers and Micrometers AQL Per Shipment Inspection report & MTR
Weld Neck Discharge Dimensional & weld Inspection. Drawing spec/ ASME weld Spec CMM,Calipers and Micrometers AQL Per Shipment Inspection report & MTR
MATERIALS
Material mechanical testing N/A Pump Head, Pump base, Pump 100% Per Shipment
impeller, Pump diffuser, Pump Review 3rd party test reports against Initiate an RMR (Rejected
Material chemical testing N/A shaft Pump housing, Suction material test standards and validate that 100% Per Shipment Material Report)and move
20 Housing, Stub shaft, Pump documentation are in compliace to ASTM A513,A618,A-36(MS1113-12) Review Material Test Report Material Test reports parts to MRB (Material
adapter plate,Pump bushing EN10204 and process documents per Review Board) for
/spacers, Frame, Mechanical WGESP document processing procedure disposition.
Heat treatment/Hardness testing N/A 100% Per Shipment
seal, Mechanical seal
FABRICATION
Obtain for review and keep as record 3rd
ASME Code
Suction Housing and Discharge Party (WPS) Weld Procedure ASME Code Section VIII, DIV. 1 &
30 Welding Activities N/A Review Material Test Report 100% N/A certifications, WPS & Audit Supplier Facility
nozzle Specifications and weld operator's (PQR) Section IX
PQR Records
Procedure Qualification Record
Review 3rd party test reports against Initiate an RMR (Rejected

material test standards and validate that Material Report)and move
Welding / Pressure Containing Suction Housing and Discharge ASME Code Section VIII, DIV. 1 &
40 N/A documentation are in compliace to Review Material Test Report 100% Per Shipment Material Test Reports parts to MRB (Material
Fabrication weld assemblies nozzle Section IX
EN10204 and process documents per Review Board) for
WGESP document processing procedure disposition.
Review 3rd party test reports against Initiate an RMR (Rejected

material test standards and validate that Material Report)and move
Suction Housing and Discharge ASME Code Section VIII, DIV. 1 &
50 NDE Test on Weld Surface N/A documentation are in compliace to Review Material Test Report 100% Per Shipment Material Test Reports parts to MRB (Material
nozzle Section IX
EN10204 and process documents per Review Board) for
WGESP document processing procedure disposition.
Start motor and let thrust chamber run If there is leak from Casting
without a load for 1hr and record temp. or Seal--replace casting or
Suction Housing,Mechanical Record Test results and
rise above ambient at inner most rear seal and if there is bearing
Carts, Overhead hoist seal,Oil, Fill valves, Shaft, Generate Test Report on form generate RMR on
60 Thrust Chamber Assembly bearing. Operator is to monitor the temp SPS Procedure M5013 100% Per Shipment noise add more shims but
and ForkLift Bearings, Thermo couple F413B NonConforming
and listen for any bearing noises and any not to exceed .030".
assemblies assembly
oil leaks. Absolutely No Leakage is Bearing temp must not
Permitted exceed 80 degrees Fahr
Initiate an RMR (Rejected
Record Test results and
Assemble and Test per SPS Seal Material Report)and move
Carts, Overhead hoist Initiate Test Report and Test generate RMR on
70 Pump Shaft Seal System Plan 31 Seal System Support System Assembly Work SPS Work Instruction M5002 100% Per Shipment parts to MRB (Material
and ForkLift Certificate NonConforming
Instruction Review Board) for
assembly
disposition.
TESTING
Set up and execute Hydrostatic test per
M7012. Follow instruction as stated in
Initiate an RMR (Rejected
Line 6.7.1, 6.7.2, 6.7.3, 6.7.4, 6.7.5 and
Material Report)and move
maintain desired test PSI for 30 minutes Initiate Test Report and Test
80 Hydrostatic Test -Pump N/A Pump Assembly ESP Work Instruction M-7012 100% Per Assembly Record Test results parts to MRB (Material
or customer required time period and Certificate
Review Board) for
monitor any leakage. Absolutely No
disposition.
Leakage is Permitted. Save and create
report on pdf.
Performance test shall be conducted at
the minimum of five points on the
Pumps that do meet the
published pump performance curve as
requirements within the 1-
instructed in WGESP Q7023 section 6.4.
Test Bench, Test Gages Initiate Test Report and Test Record Test Results on hour limit are non-
90 Pump Performance Test Pump Assembly Per API specifications head capacity rate API Specifications RP 11 S2 100% Per Assembly
and test meters Certificate form F112-K conforming and RMR is
should be within +/- 5%, and horse power
generated for engineering
should be within +/- 8% or less of curve
disposition.
and efficiency should not be less than
10% of rated flow.
Receiving inspection Generate RMR for

Hydrostatic Test - Suction and ASME Specification B31.3 Section
100 N/A Suction Assembly Vendor Test Procedure Review 3rd party Test Reports 100% Per Assembly reviews 3rd party test engineering disposition and
Discharge A345.4
reports possible return to vendor.
Perform the vibration test using the CSI

1900 vibration analyzer meter while pump
is at B.E.P. A maximum velocity
If vibration test results do
amaplitude of 0.156 IPS peak at the Measure vibration using the
not meet the acceptance
CSI Vibration analyzer frequency corresponding to the actual CSI1900 vibration analyzer
110 Vibration Test (Pump) Pump API RP 11 S8 100% Per Assembly Record Test results criteria, generate an RMR
Meter operating speed of the pump tested, with meter and record results on form
according to procedure
no other individual frequency component F-112
Q7012
greater than 0.100 IPS peak will
determine if pump passed the test. Take
readings at the pump head, base and the
Start motor and let thrust chamber run If there is leak from Casting
without a load for 1hr and record temp. or Seal--replace casting or
Record Test results and
rise above ambient at inner most rear seal and if there is bearing
Test Bench, Test Gages GenerateTest Report on form generate RMR on
120 Thrust Chamber Test Thrust Chamber Assembly bearing. Operator is to monitor the temp SPS Procedure M5013 100% Per Assembly noise add more shims but
and test meters F413B NonConforming
and listen for any bearing noises and any not to exceed .030".
assembly
oil leaks. Absolutely No Leakage is Bearing temp must not
Permitted exceed 80 degrees Fahr
COATINGS
Paint Booth, Spray guns GenerateTest Report on form Notify engineering of any
130 Surface Preparation/ Painting SPS Pump Assembly Coating per SPS Paint code F-02. 100% Per Assembly Visual Inspection
Equipment rollers. F463 cosmetic and paint issues.
Prepare pump surface and paint per
SSPC- SP1, SP6,and maintain 3-7 MILS
75 microns to 175 microns thickness as
specified by SPS Paint code F-02.
Verify paint thickness measurements per Notify engineering if

Coating per SPS Paint code F-02 Test and record DFT thickness Record thickness results
140 Paint thickness check DFT thickness check SPS Pump Assembly SPS Paint code F-02 with aid of DFT 100% Per Assembly thickness reading is below
thickness standard . check on form F463 on test report form F463.
thickness check. specified callout.
MANSAROVAR
Colombia, 2010
Section 5
ASSEMBLY
THREE UNITS
• Drawings
SUGGESTED FRAME CLAMP DOWN DETAIL
SUCTION AND DISCHARGE

INSTRUMENTATION
SCHEMATIC
FRAME
FOUNDATION
Easily Modified Skid 
FRAME FRAME FRAME

FOUNDATION FOUNDATION FOUNDATION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LTR REVISION ECN# DRFT APR DATE
NR NEW RELEASE Z082383 RMN AMN 1/30/09
A A
4.51 19.75
114.6 501.7
B 1 B
4
8
C C
3
D
D
10
12
LAST SAVED BY: nicholsr, Friday, January 30, 2009 3:40:04 PM

E
11
12
SOLIDWORKS MODEL FILE NAME: 199068

F F
© 1993-2007, BY WOOD GROUP ESP, INC. THIS

DRAWING NO. REV DRAWN BY DATE
CONFIDENTIAL DRAWING UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING FOR DIMENSIONS
TOLERANCE NOT SHOWN:
FRACTIONAL ± 1/16
DOCUMENT IS AND CONTAINS UNPUBLISHED
COPYRIGHTED AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OF
WOOD GROUP ESP, INC. AND IS REVEALED FOR
TITLE RMN 01/14/09
PRIMARY DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES
DIMENSIONS IN BRACKETS [ ] ARE IN MILLIMETERS
(in x 25.4 = mm)
DECIMAL .X ± .03
.XX ± .015
.XXX ± .005
LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY. THIS DOCUMENT IS THE
PROPERTY OF WOOD GROUP ESP, INC. AND IS TO BE
RETURNED TO WOOD GROUP ESP, INC. ON REQUEST
GROUP,SPS THR CHMBR/BRKT HD2S 199068 NR CHECKED BY DATE
Wood Group ESP, Inc. INTERPRET DIMENSIONS PER ASME Y 14.5M

REMOVE ALL BURRS
ANGULAR ± 1/2°
CONCENTRIC @ .010 DIA TO DIA
AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED, USED, OR DISCLOSED
TO PERSONS NOT HAVING A NEED TO KNOW
CONSISTENT WITH THE PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENT, MATERIAL PART NO. SHT MDC 1/29/09
ENGR APPVL
SEE BOM VARIOUS 1 1 DATE
WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF WOOD GROUP
Oklahoma City, OK BREAK SHARP EDGES: MAX 1/64 ESP, INC. THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT RENTED, LOA NED,
MACHINE SURFACE: 125 OR SOLD, EITHER ALONE OR IN CONJUNCTION WITH
OF
AMN 1/30/09
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DIMENSION TABLE
PART NO. DIM 'A'
159788 19.5
7 7 9
0 0 0
A 1
R S
e r A
g p
d i n
en
g P
win
Dra
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NR NEW RELEASE Z082383 RMN AMN 1/30/09
24
A A
12
27
B B
12.00
304.8
14
27 6
15
27 27
C 2 C
13
4 11
20
26
25
D
D
9
10
MUST BE SAME MFR'R
& MODEL NUMBER
TANDEM
ARRANGEMENT
16 22
WEAP HOLE
1 ORIENTED DOWN
E AS SHOWN WEAP HOLE
LAST SAVED BY: nicholsr, Friday, January 30, 2009 3:46:54 PM

ORIENTED DOWN E
AS SHOWN
17
19
21
18
NOTES: 23
1. SHAFT PROTECTOR AND PROTECTOR BOLTS (#4 AND 5) ARE FOR PROTECTION & SHIPPING PURPOSES.

F THESE ITEMS WILL BE REMOVED WHEN ASSEMBLING THRUST CHAMBER INTO AN SPS UNIT.
2. THRUST CHAMBER MUST BE BUILT ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURING PROCESS PROCEDURE M5013. F

FRACTIONAL ± 1/16
TITLE RMN 01/14/09
(in x 25.4 = mm)
DECIMAL .X ± .03
.XX ± .015
.XXX ± .005
CHAMBER,THRUST SPS ASSY HDTC 1/2" STD 199067 NR CHECKED BY DATE

REMOVE ALL BURRS
ANGULAR ± 1/2°
CONSISTENT WITH THE PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENT, MATERIAL PART NO. SHT MDC 1/29/09
ENGR APPVL
SEE BOM VARIOUS 1 1 DATE
OF
AMN 1/30/09
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
.422 X 1.25 [31.8] DEEP LTR REVISION ECN# DRFT APR DATE
45°
TYP .56 [ 14.2] X 90 CSINK NR NEW RELEASE Z050301 RCC JSH 1/9/06
1/2-13 UNC-2B X 1.00 [25.4] 1) 10-MINUTES WAS 1/2 HOUR
22.5° MIN FULL THREAD DEPTH A Z060186 MDC JSH 7/24/06
8 PLACES EQUALLY SPACED 2) 10.75/10.63 WAS 10.75
.015 D B1 620 PSI WAS 505 PSI. ADDED 316/316L TO
MATERIAL. DELETED PER FROM MATERIAL.
A0900660 BEM CRC 12/17/09
8.000
B2 930 PSI WAS 758 PSI
203.20
30° NOTES:
1. SEE PAGE 2 FOR SCALED OVERLAY VIEW OF SECTION A-A.
B1 2. MAXIMUM INTERNAL WORKING PRESSURE IS 620 PSI @ 200 F.

.06
B1 3. STAMP "620 PSI MAX TO 200 F" & "159793" WHERE SHOWN.
1.5
DETAIL C B2 4. VENDOR WILL HYDROTEST THE HOUSING @ 930 PSI & WILL
HOLD THIS PRESSURE FOR A MINIMUM OF 10-MINUTES. A1
5. FABRICATOR TO PROVIDE HYDROSTATIC TESTING CERTIFICATE

ALONG WITH MATERIAL CERTIFICATIONS.
.005 A
.005 B .005 A
10.75 A2
VIEW B-B 10.63
273.1
45° 9 269.9
.485
.483 229
22.5° 6.502
12.32
6.500 .422 X 1.25 [31.8] DEEP
12.27 45° 1/2-13 UNC-2B 1.12 [28.4] DEEP
165.15
165.10 D B .56 [ 14.2] X 90 CSINK
A 8 PLACES EQUALLY SPACED
R.05 R.03 .213 X 1.00 [25.4] DEEP 22.5°
B B 1.3 .8 1/4-28 UNF-2B .63 [16.0] DEEP .015 A
.28 [ 7.1] X 90 CSINK
.422 X 1.25 [31.8] DEEP 8 PLACES EQUALLY SPACED
1/2-13 UNC-2B X 1.12 [28.5] DEEP
.56 [ 14.2] X 90 CSINK .015 A
8 PLACES EQUALLY SPACED .690
R.05 17.53 A
.015 C 1.27
C 7.63
.105 193.7
C 7.498 .500 2.67
7.496 12.70
190.45 9.001
190.40 9.000
7.752 6.160 228.63
7.750 .002 A 6.155 228.60
LAST SAVED BY: MotsingB, Wednesday, December 16, 2009 12:27:36 PM

196.90 156.46 1.125
196.85 156.34 28.58 9.370
.002 A .004 A R.03 238.00
R.03
.8 .76 .004 A
R.03 7.000
.76 177.80
12.000
13.25
304.80 12.50
336.6 11.500
MIN 1.734 R.05 317.5
292.10
44.04 32 1.3 MIN
3
32
.703 THRU
A 5 3/8" 1/2-14 NPT TAP

137 .81 [ 20.6] X 90 CSINK
3 PLACES
SECTION A-A

FRACTIONAL ± 1/64
TITLE RCC 3/11/05
DECIMAL .X ± .03
.XX ± .015
HOUSING,SUCTION SPS CAST MACH 3SS 159793 B CHECKED BY DATE
(in x 25.4 = mm) .XXX ± .005
Wood Group ESP, Inc. INTERPRET DIMENSIONS PER ASME Y 14.5M ANGULAR ± 1/2°
CONSISTENT WITH THE PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENT, MATERIAL PART NO. SHT RMN 3/28/05
REMOVE ALL BURRS CONCENTRIC @ .010 DIA TO DIA PROD. ENGR.
Oklahoma City, OK BREAK SHARP EDGES: MAX 1/64
MACHINE SURFACE: 125
ESP, INC. THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT RENTED, LOA NED,
OR SOLD, EITHER ALONE OR IN CONJUNCTION WITH
316/316L STAINLESS STEEL MS-1127-01 159793 1 OF 2 MT
DATE
3/30/05
SPARES
DRAWING No. ISSUE REVISION:
ITEM
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION MATERIAL QTY A ORIGINAL ISSUE

1 D 1750 797 9221 MATING RING SILICON CARBIDE 1 X HSP-1024239-1 A
2 0000 230 9549 O-RING VITON OR EQUIV. 1 X
3 D 1875 340 9050 PRIMARY RING CARBON 1 X
4 D 1875 163 5850 BELLOWS VITON OR EQUIV. 1 X SHAFT
5 D 1875 089 0550 RETAINER 316 S.S. 1 ROTATION
THE FOLLOWING NOTES ARE IMPORTANT AND MUST BE OBSERVED FOR CORRECT SEAL INSTALLATION AND OPERATION
6 3889 SPRING 316 S.S. 1
7 D 1875 030 0550 DRIVE BAND 316 S.S. 1 VIEW
8 D 1875 312 0550 DISC 316 S.S. 1 1. REMOVE ALL SHARP EDGES ON SHAFT AND/OR SLEEVE BEFORE INSTALLATION OF SEAL.
9 D 1875 091 0500 SPRING HOLDER 18-8 S.S. 1
10 H 1875 1867 6710 SLEEVE CRAN #3/316 S.S. 1 CLOCKWISE 0.875 1.750 2.312 NEAREST OBSTRUCTION
2. SURFACE OF SHAFT OR SLEEVE ON WHICH SEAL IS INSTALLED MUST BE MACHINED TO 63 RA
FINISH OR BETTER.
11 0000 222 9549 O-RING VITON OR EQUIV. 1 X 2.187 END OF COLLAR
12 H 1750 2652 0550 GLAND PLATE ASSY 316 S.S. 1 3. LUBRICATE SHAFT/SLEEVE & SEAL WEDGE RING/O-RING/BELLOWS TO ASSIST INSTALLATION OF SEAL
1.500 WITH LIGHT WEIGHT OIL.
13 0000 259 9549 O-RING VITON OR EQUIV. 1 X
14 2225 2020 000 0550 HEX HD CAP SCREW 316 S.S. 8 0.980 4. LUBRICATE MATING RING (SEAT),SEALING MEMBER AND HOUSING TO ASSIST INSTALLATION.
15 3320 SPRING 316 S.S. 3 X
16 DB 1371 175 9398 SEG. BUSHING ASSY CARBON/316 S.S. 1 X
5. PRODUCT MUST BE CIRCULATED AROUND PRIMARY RING (SEAL FACE)/THROUGH MATING RING (SEAT)
(AT NOT LESS THAN 2-3 gpm ) IN ORDER TO REMOVE HEAT GENERATED,OR FAILURE MAY OCCUR.
17 H 1750 1928 0550 AUXILIARY GLAND 316 S.S. 1
18 0000 149 9549 O-RING VITON OR EQUIV. 1 X 6. WHEN SHAFT IS SLEEVED THROUGH STUFFING BOX, SLEEVE MUST BE LIQUID TIGHT THROUGH BORE.
19 1737 2408 000 0225 KNURL PT. SET SCREW HARDENED STEEL 8 X
20 H 1500 1653 0550 DRIVE COLLAR 316 S.S. 1 7. SHAFT OR SLEEVE MUST BE CORROSION RESISTANT MATERIAL WITH A HARDNESS OF 125 BRINELL
MINIMUM & BE MACHINED TO DIMENSIONS & TOLERANCES STATED.
21 H 0000 295 0570 SPACER SINT. 316L S.S. 4 X
22 2225 2010 000 0550 HEX HD. CAP SCREW 316 S.S. 4 X 8. END OF SEAL CHAMBER & AXIS OF SHAFT MUST BE AT 90° TO EACH OTHER WITHIN .002 F.I.M.
23
9. PRESSURE IN SEAL CHAMBER MUST BE MAINTAINED AT MINIMUM ABOVE MAXIMUM
24 0.125 PRESSURE GENERATED AT INNER SEAL.
25 INSTL.REF.
10. BEFORE COMPLETING SEAL INSTALLATION WIPE LAPPED SURFACES OF MATING RING (SEAT)
SEAL ASS'Y NO. D-1876-010 BILL OF MATERIALS NUMBER
& PRIMARY RING (SEAL FACE) PERFECTLY CLEAN.
COMPLETE 1-22 M148329
MTG.RG.ASS'Y NO. SEAL HD.
63
MTG.RG. 11.
PLAN 11 VENT GAS ENTRAPMENT BEFORE STARTUP.
ASS'Y ITEMS NUMBER
12. ALL SHOULDERS OVER WHICH SEAL MUST
EQUIPMENT REFERENCE CUSTOMER INFORMATION: PASS WHEN FITTING, TO BE PREPARED
AS DIAGRAM BELOW.
UNIT BY: CUSTOMER: 14 1/2" N.P.T. 2X
ESP WOOD GROUP / ESP MARK "F" 0.040
P.O.NO. BREAK
EQUIPMENT TYPE: MARK "D"
Ø 7.752 13 DEFINITION
X PUMP AGITATOR END USER: Ø 7.750
WOOD GROUP / ESP BORE 12
COMPRESSOR OTHER LOCATION: 20°
OKLAHOMA CITY, OK RECIRCULATION FROM PUMP CASE
THROUGH ORIFICE TO SEAL RAD
MODEL / SIZE REQ.NO.
Ø 6.125
GLAND O.D. FLUSH FLOW RATE: 2 - 3 gpm
SERIAL NO. INSTALLED AT:
22 NOTE 13 THIS CONFIDENTIAL DESIGN IS OWNED BY JOHN CRANE AND MAY NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONFIDENCE AND FOR THE
SEAL DATA BENEFIT OF JOHN CRANE. ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED. THIS MEDIUM ( PRINT, MAGNETIC TAPE ETC.) IS SUBJECT TO
A.P.I.PLAN MATERIAL CODE: 9 6 8 21 NOTE 13 RETURN ON DEMAND ALONG WITH ALL COPIES AND ALL IMPROVEMENTS, DESIGNS AND PROPERTY DERIVED THEREFROM.
11 X1 F50 1 X O58 1 316/316 PRODUCT 18
A.P.I.CODE
BSAFN ATMOSPHERE JOHN CRANE INC.
SERVICE DATA 20 International Sealing Systems
63
FLUID BARRIER FLUID
6400 Oakton Street
VARIOUS Morton Grove, IL 60053, U.S.A.
SEAL PRESSURE SUCT.PRESS. VISC.AT P.T.
TEMPERATURE DISCH.PRESS. V.P.AT P.T.

11 4 7 5 3 1 2 10 15 16 17 19
CHROMIUM OXIDE Ø 1.437 Ø 1.500
SHAFT SPEED SP.GR. HAZARD CODE SET SCREW Ø 1.498
RELIEF SHAFT 15°
REFERENCE DATA DRAWN DATE CHK'D APP'D SCALE INST CODE
2.437 TO STEP. REQUIRED
DATA:LARRY SHOCK DO 020706 JTU SAS 1.375=1 FOR PRESSURES ABOVE 400 psi 0.406 "F"
REF:HSP-1019329-1
FILE REFERENCE CAT 4.812 CARTRIDGE
PROJ:77426-TUL DRAWING No. ISSUE
NOTE 15
D HSP-1024239-1 A
CAD ENGINEERED 15. STAMP PART NUMBER ON END OF GLAND PLATE. DO NOT USE
SEAL SIZE: Ø1.875 METAL TAG.
SEAL TYPE: 2B SINGLE CARTRIDGE 14. "D" IS TO BE ROUTED TO A SAFE LOCATION VIA SMALL
BORE TUBING. (1/4" RECOMMENDED)
13. SPACER (ITEM # 21) IS ONLY FOR THE PURPOSE OF PROPERLY 1/4-20-2B HEX HD
JOHN CRANE INC. 45° CAP SCREW
LOCATING SEAL. AFTER GLAND PLATE, BEARING, SHAFT, & SEAL
International Sealing Systems ARE LOCKED IN PLACE, TIGHTEN ALL SET SCREWS IN DRIVE COLLAR. X 1.250 LONG
6400 Oakton Street PRIOR TO UNIT STARTUP, ROTATE SPACERS CLEAR OF ROTATING 8 X 45 ° C.C.
Morton Grove, IL 60053, U.S.A. PARTS AND LOCK IN PLACE WITH CAP SCREWS (ITEM # 22) PROVIDED. ON Ø 7.000 B.C.
"D" NOTE 14
CAP SCREWS MUST REMAIN TO ENSURE POSITIVE AUX. GLAND RETENTION.
END VIEW
SCALE:0.400=1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A ADDED UNDERCUT DETAIL Z082231 BEM AMN 11/17/08
0 TO 5
2 PLACES B1 240 PSI WAS 195 PSI. 620 PSI WAS 505 PSI. ADDED 316/ TO BEGININING OF MATERIAL.
A0900660 BEM CRC 12/17/09
64 B2 360 PSI WAS 293 PSI, AND 930 PSI WAS 758 PSI.
R.06
D 1.5 .013
.33
A 32 A
R.016
R.005 R.025 .04
.64 .41
.13 1.0
MAX
MAX DETAIL C MAX
TYP TYP A DETAIL D
.002 A .002 A
6.37
161.8
1.13 169364
28.7 6" CL150 B
B
P .438 [ 11] THRU B
W THRU .57 .703 X .75 [19.1] DEEP
Z .063 .85 [ 21.6] X 90 CSINK 22.5° .563 THRU
X PLACES 14.5
1.59 1/2"-14 NPT TAP .63 [ 16.0] X 60 CSINK
EQ SPC'D
FARSIDE ONLY
.015 A
7 6 8 PLACES EQ SPC'D
.015 A
C
Y R.50 R.V
12.7
8.000
203.20
A
C 30° C
6.277
.5 S 6.275
.25 9
13 MIN 159.44
6.4 229
159.39
T U 6.498
N R1.0 6.496
25 MAX
165.05
165.00
8 .002 A
D
D
C
125-500
SECTION B-B
.16
4.1
R.05 R.05 B
LAST SAVED BY: MotsingB, Wednesday, December 16, 2009 11:25:26 AM

1.3 1.3 .192 NOTES:
BOTH .187 22.5°
NOTE: BOTH
E SIDES 4.88 1. FINISHED PART DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN. E
SIDES
8. FINISH RAISED FACE PER ANSI B16.5a-1992. EITHER SERRATED CONCENTRIC OR SERRATED SPIRAL .62 4.75
FINISH WITH 30 TO 55 GROOVES/INCH. CUTTING TOOL SHALL BE RADIUS .06" OR LARGER. FINISHED 15.7 2. NO VISIBLE CASTING DEFECTS, POROSITY, ETC. ALLOWED.
SURFACE WILL BE 125 TO 500 MICROINCHES ROUGHNESS.
B1 3. STAMP "240 PSI MAX @ 200 F" ON CL150 NOZZLES AS WELL AS THE PART NUMBER.
DESIGN TABLE STAMP "620 PSI MAX @ 200 F" ON CL300 NOZZLES AS WELL AS THE PART NUMBER.
SUCTION FLANGE FLANGE RAISED PIPE PIPE DATUM KNUCKLE FLG BOLT HOLE BOLT HOLE START B2 4. FABRICATOR WILL HOLD MINIMUM HYDROTEST PRESSURE OF 360 PSI FOR CL150 &
P/N NOZZLE O.D. THK. FACE O.D. O.D. I.D. BORE RADIUS HOLE QTY B.C. ANGLE 930 PSI FOR CL300 NOZZLES FOR A MINIMUM OF 1/2 HOUR.
DESC Ø"N" "P" Ø"R" Ø"S" Ø"T" Ø"U" R."V" Ø"W" "X" Ø"Y" "Z"
5. FABRICATOR TO PROVIDE HYDROSTATIC TESTING CERTIFICATE ALONG WITH MATERIAL
4" CL150 9.0 [229] 1.19 [30.2] 6.19 [157.2] 4.50 [114.3] 3.25 [82.6] 3.4 [86] .50 [12.7] 3/4 [19.5] 8 7 1/2 [190.5] 22.5° CERTIFICATIONS.
4" CL300 10.0 [254] 1.56 [39.6] 6.19 [157.2] 4.50 [114.3] 3.25 [82.6] 3.4 [86] .50 [12.7] 7/8 [22.5] 8 7 7/8 [200.0] 22.5°
6. IF SPECIFIED SURFACE REQUIRES DRAFT THEN SPOTFACE THE BOLT HOLES 1[ 25].

F 169364 6" CL150 11.0 [279] 1.31 [33.3] 8.50 [215.9] 6.63 [168.4] 5.25 [133.4] 5.4 [137] .19 [4.8] 7/8 [22.5] 8 9 1/2 [241.3] 22.5°
F
6" CL300 12.5 [318] 1.81 [46.0] 8.50 [215.9] 6.63 [168.4] 5.25 [133.4] 5.4 [137] .19 [4.8] 7/8 [22.5] 12 10 5/8 [269.9] 15.0° 7. IF SPECIFIED SURFACE REQUIRES DRAFT THEN SPOTFACE THE BOLT HOLES 1 3/8 [ 35].
FRACTIONAL ± 1/16
TITLE WBS 5/18/05
(in x 25.4 = mm)
DECIMAL .X ± .03
.XX ± .015
.XXX ± .005
NOZZLE,SUCTION SPS CAST MACH 169362 B CHECKED BY DATE

REMOVE ALL BURRS
ANGULAR ± 1/2°
CONSISTENT WITH THE PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENT, MATERIAL PART NO. SHT MT 7/1/05
ENGR APPVL
316/316L STAINLESS STEEL MS-1127-01 DESIGN TABLE 1 1 DATE
OF
JSH 7/1/05
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1) REDRAWN WITH SOLIDWORKS
.12 2) WAS "ACID ETCH" NOW "PERMANENTLY MARK"
2.5 N 3) WAS "SECTION B" NOW "DETAIL B" Z070556 GMB
4) REMOVED "BOTH ENDS" FROM NOTE
5) ADDED SECTION "C-C"
A A
110°
B B
N3 STAKE PIN IN PLACE WITH (1) DIMPLE IN CENTER

AND (2) DIMPLES ON BOTH SIDES AS SHOWN
DETAIL B N4
N5
SECTION C-C 3.500

.191/.187 [4.84/4.74] X 1.03[26.2] DEEP 88.90
C C
6 PLACES EQUALLY SPACED
.015 A
1.62
A 4 2 3 1
41.1
D
D 30°
2.24
56.9
C C
E
E
LAST SAVED BY: BrownG, Friday, April 20, 2007 11:42:02 AM

B
.125 N2
3.18
A PERMANENTLY MARK
APPLICABLE PART NUMBER
1.687 ETCH, STENCIL OR EMBOSS
42.85 3/16" 1/16" [4.8 1.6] HIGH
CHART
SECTION A-A

F PART NO DESCRIPTION
F
960765 COUPLING,PUMP/SEAL TR7 MNL 1.19 X 1.5
159644 COUPLING,PUMP/SEAL TR7 INC 1.19 X 1.5
FRACTIONAL ± 1/16
TITLE CMG 8/02/91
(in x 25.4 = mm)
DECIMAL .X ± .03
.XX ± .015
.XXX ± .005
COUPLING,PUMP/SEAL TR7 MNL 1.19 X 1.5 960765 N CHECKED BY DATE

REMOVE ALL BURRS
ANGULAR ± 1/2°
CONSISTENT WITH THE PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENT, MATERIAL PART NO. SHT SAH 8/02/91
ENGR APPVL
SEE BOM SEE CHART 1 1 DATE
OF
EG 8/21/91
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LTR REVISION ECN# DRFT APR DATE ZONE SHEET
NR NEW RELEASE A1000965 HAS CRC 04/28/10
A A
B B
C C
D
D 4
LAST SAVED BY: ShepherH, Tuesday, April 27, 2010 11:45:24 AM

E
E

F F

FRACTIONAL ± 1/16
TITLE HAS 04/27/10
(in x 25.4 = mm)
DECIMAL .X ± .03
.XX ± .015
.XXX ± .005
GROUP,SPS DISCH TM 4" CL 900 165085 NR CHECKED BY DATE

REMOVE ALL BURRS
ANGULAR ± 1/2°
CONSISTENT WITH THE PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENT, MATERIAL PART NO. SHT RMN 04/28/10
ENGR APPVL
ESP, INC. THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT RENTED, LOANED,
SEE BOM VARIOUS 1 OF 1 CRC
DATE
04/28/10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
.002 B NR NEW RELEASE Z040032 WBS JSH 8/2/04
91.9 A 1)WAS .438 2)WAS .69 [17.5] Z061321 WBS ML 9/22/06
3.62
.002 A
A A
76.2
3.00
B
4.092-12 BUTT-2B 7 /45
MAJOR MAX DIA. = 4.0920 [103.937] 31.75
MAJOR MIN DIA. = 4.1024 [104.201] A2 4.88
1.250
PITCH MAX DIA. = 4.0502 [102.875] 15.88 4.75 A1
PITCH MIN DIA. = 4.0420 [102.667]
MINOR MAX DIA. = 4.0002 [101.605] .625 .192 .313 [ 8] THRU
MINOR MIN DIA. = 3.9920 [101.397] TYP .187 .703 X .75 [19.1] DEEP
63 .85 [ 21.6] X 60 CSINK
.004 A 1/2"-14 NPT TAP
1.5 3.81 A
B TYP 2 PLACES B
R.06 .150 A
.03 [.8] x 45 Z
45° 190.50
1.3 4.75 158.75 7.500
R.05 4.50
152.40 158.72
6.000 .187 144.5 6.250
3.3 .177 5.69 6.249 .594 THRU
C R.13 .65 [ 16.5] X 82 CSINK C
104.83 FAR SIDE ONLY
104.78 92.38 153.19 14 PLACES EQ SPC'D
70.10 92.00 153.14 219.08
4.127 .015 A
2.760 3.637 6.031 218.95
4.125
3.622 6.029 8.625
.002 A 8.620
45° Y .002 A
12°51'26"
D
D 1.3
14.22
R.05
.560
4.57 .03 [.8] X 45

.180 BOTH SIDES
25.4
1.00
A
2.64 SECTION A-A
2.49
LAST SAVED BY: OledanR, Wednesday, September 20, 2006 8:10:06 AM

0.13 50.93 .104 0 TO 5
TYP 2 PLACES
32
E R.005 50.88 .098

MAX 63 E
2.005
TYP 2.003
32
63 .002 B
0.13
R.005 0.64
0.13 R.025
R.005 MAX
0 TO 5 0.64 TYP
TYP 2 PLACES MAX
R.025
MAX
TYP DETAIL Z
DETAIL Y TYP

F F
FRACTIONAL ± 1/64
TITLE WBS 3/30/04
(in x 25.4 = mm)
DECIMAL .X ± .03
.XX ± .015
.XXX ± .005
HEAD,SPS DISCH MACH BUTT TM 4" SST 159716 A CHECKED BY DATE

REMOVE ALL BURRS
ANGULAR ± 1/2°
CONSISTENT WITH THE PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENT, MATERIAL PART NO. SHT TM 6/3/05
ENGR APPVL
316/316L SST MS-1121-06 159716 1 OF 1 JSH
DATE
8/2/04
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NR NEW RELEASE Z040032 WBS JSH 5/23/05
A ADDED MATERIAL TABLE A1000998 HAS CRC 03/31/10
.004 A .002 B A
A 254
10.00
.002 A 50.80
50.75
2.000
1.998
38.61
1.520
36.07
1.420
B 17.12 B A B
.674 4.88
4.75 32
11.2 .192
4.06 .187
R.44 .160
Y A
Z
104.70
99.16
157.2 104.65
114.3 99.06
C 6.19 4.122 C
4.50 3.904
4.120
3.900
.002 A
70.10 100.58
2.760 3.960
4.092-12 BUTT-2A 7 /45

SECTION A-A MAX MAJOR DIA. = 4.0865 [103.797] D
D MIN MAJOR DIA. = 4.0783 [103.589]
MAX PITCH DIA. = 4.0365 [102.527]
MIN PITCH DIA. = 4.0283 [102.319]
MAX MINOR DIA. = 3.9761 [100.993] A
.004 A 63
0 TO 5
TYP 2 PLACES .03 [.8] x 45
63 3.05
.120
32 45° 45°
LAST SAVED BY: ShepherH, Tuesday, March 30, 2010 11:33:37 AM

.03 [.8] x 45
E E
0.13 MATERIAL TABLE
R.005 159721 316L SST (MS-1121-06)
0.64 0.13
R.025 R.005
MAX MAX DETAIL Z
TYP TYP
DETAIL Y

F F
FRACTIONAL ± 1/16
DECIMAL .X ± .03 [.8]
TITLE WBS 04/01/04
(in x 25.4 = mm)
.XX ± .015 [.38]
.XXX ± .005 [.13]
STUB,END LAP JOINT BUTT 4" RF 159721 A CHECKED BY DATE
Wood Group ESP, Inc.

INTERPRET DIMENSIONS PER ASME Y 14.5M
REMOVE ALL BURRS
ANGULAR ± 1/2°
ENGR APPVL
MACHINE SURFACE: 125 m IN
SEE TABLE VARIOUS 1 OF 1 JSH
DATE
05/23/05
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
NR NEW RELEASE Z050602 DB JSH 4/28/05
A ADDED CHART Z082239 BEM AMN 11/17/08
NOTE:
1. FLANGE TO CONFORM TO ANSI B16.5
A
CHART
CARBON STEEL SST 304 SST 316 NOM. PIPE CLASS
MS-1116-01 MS-1121-05 MS-1121-06 SIZE
128476 4" 900 LB
LAST SAVED BY: MotsingB, Tuesday, November 18, 2008 7:29:53 AM

A
SECTION A-A

FRACTIONAL ± 1/64
TITLE DB 4/27/05
DECIMAL .X ± .03
.XX ± .015
FLANGE,LAP JOINT 169338 A CHECKED BY DATE
(in x 25.4 = mm) .XXX ± .005
Wood Group ESP, Inc. INTERPRET DIMENSIONS PER ASME Y 14.5M ANGULAR ± 1/2°
REMOVE ALL BURRS CONCENTRIC @ .010 DIA TO DIA PROD. ENGR.
ESP, INC. THIS DOCUMENT IS NOT RENTED, LOA NED,
SEE CHART SEE CHART 1 OF 1 JSH
DATE
4/28/05
?
"A" LOCATION FRAMES
DETAIL ITEM #4 STD
HDTC
THRUST
CHAMBER
HEADER BLOCK
NOTES:
1. COOLER LOCATION ON THE FRAME MAY VARY. CONSULT THE GENERAL
ARRANGEMENT DRAWING FOR COOLER LOCATION.
FLUSH
1/2"NPT
END VIEW DISCH

CARTRIDGE SEAL HEAD
ORIENTATION
DRAIN
1/2"NPT
DETAIL ITEM #16, 17 & 18

CYCLONE & SUPPORT
FLUSH
MECHANICAL
SEAL
DRAIN
MANSAROVAR
Colombia, 2010
Section 6
FAT REPORTS
• Performance Procedures
• Examples
TITLE: NUMBER: Q7023
PUMP TEST REV: B
Work Instruction PAGE 1 OF 6
Reviewed Approved
Rev DCR # Amendment Details Date Date
By By
NR Z040618 Replaces M7011 rev NR O. McDaniel 12/1/04 S. Breit 12/1/04
N/A Administrative change format to work instruction B. Alsobrook 01/03/06 B. Alsobrook 01/03/06
A 06-037 Edited “Caution” section 6.2 R. Lawrence 3/1/06 B. Yeiter 3/21/06
B 07-166 Added Section 4.1 and 4.2 J. Rincon 10/15/07 O. McDaniel 11/8/07
1.PURPOSE:
1.1. The purpose of this procedure is to provide an orderly sequence of operations to

testing pumps during the manufacturing process.
2.SCOPE:
2.1. This procedure applies to Wood Group ESP.
3.RESPONSIBILITIES:
3.1. The test operator is responsible for the following:
3.1.1. Understanding and following this procedure.
3.1.2. Notifying Engineering when test results do not meet API specifications.
3.1.3. Initiating Rejected Material Reports to document non-conformances.
4.REFERENCE DOCUMENTS:
4.1. API 11S2 - Recommended practice for electric submersible pump testing.
4.2. API 11S8 - Recommended Practice for electric submersible pump systems vibrations.
4.3. M0005 - Product and Nameplate Stenciling/Stamping.
4.4. 115428 - Shaft Settings.
4.5. Q7012 - Test well Non-Conforming Products.
PUMP TEST REV: B
4.6. F112 - Pump Assembly Report.
4.7. M7040 – Setup and Use of Vibration Analyzers.
4.8. M0023 – Torque Ratings of Bolts, Drain and Vent Plugs, and Drain/Fill Valves.
5.SAFETY PRECAUTIONS:
5.1. Read and follow all Warnings, Precautions, Notes, and Instructions included in this
document.
5.1.1. A Warning identifies an immediate hazard that exists that poses some probability
of causing death or serious injury.
5.1.2. A Caution identifies potential conditions and actions that have the possibility of
5.1.3. A Note identifies the need for general safety practices which, if violated, could
cause injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
6.INSTRUCTIONS:
6.1. Prior to installing the pump on the test bench:
6.1.1. Check the overall condition of the pump for handling damage or incomplete
assembly.
6.1.2. Verify the pump has a nameplate. All information must be correctly stenciled on
the nameplate and the head of pump according to Process Procedure M0005.
6.1.3. Rotate the pump shaft 360 degrees by hand. The shaft should turn easily without
any tight spots.
6.1.4. Check shaft settings and axial movement according to drawing number 115428.
6.2. Select the proper adapter flange, coupling and supporting inserts for the pump to be
tested. Mount the pump on the test bench. Turn on the 110-volt, the 220-volt and the
Variable Speed Drive (VSD). Set the hydraulic system control to automatic.
NOTE: Locations for discharge pressure reading
PUMP TEST REV: B
Caution Improper shimming of the pump shaft may cause damage to the pump in
test. Follow shimming procedures as described. Check total thickness of Shims,
max allowable is .188.
6.3. Compression pumps require shims to be added to the top end of the test coupling to
raise the shaft before starting the test. Failure to raise the shaft will damage the
impellers and cause the horsepower values to exceed API limits. Note: The only
exception to this rule, the TD series from 150 to 1300 BPD do not require shimming.
6.3.1. Shaft lift is measured at the top of the pump by measuring the distance between
the top of the head and the top of the shaft. Use the following chart to determine
the amount of lift necessary.
Total Axial Movement Desired Shaft Lift

≥ 0.060” 0.030”
< 0.060” 50% of the axial movement
6.3.2. To verify the proper ‘lift’ is achieved, push the shaft all the way down and
measure the distance between the top of the head and top of the shaft. Install the
shims in the top end of the coupling and install the coupling on the shaft. Then
mount the pump to the test flange, and push the shaft all the way down and
measure the distance between the head and shaft again. The difference between
the two readings should equal the shaft lift.
6.4. Begin Test
6.4.1. Test Points
6.4.1.1. Performance tests shall be conducted at the minimum of five points on the
published pump performance curve.
6.4.1.2. Test open flow.
6.4.1.3. Maximum recommended flow rate.
6.4.1.4. Rated flow (generally BEP).
6.4.1.5. Minimum recommended flow rate.
6.4.1.6. Test shut-off.
PUMP TEST REV: B
6.4.1.7. For seven point WGESP test, two additional points must be selected such
that all seven points are uniformly distributed throughout the performance
curve.
6.4.1.8. Test for the points (b, c, and d) must be conducted within (+) or (-) 2% of
the specified flow.
6.4.2. Procedure for taking reading for Test Points
6.4.2.1. Set the valve opening for the desired flow point.
6.4.2.2. Wait for a minimum of 10 seconds after the valve opening is set. Make
sure the flow is stabilized.
6.4.2.3. Now take the readings at the desired flow point.
6.4.2.4. Same procedure is repeated for any pumps when the flow line (Meter
1,2,3,4, etc.) is switched when the desired flow of the water is out of range
of the flow meter.
6.5. Pumps will be tested according to API specifications. API specifications require the
head capacity rate to be within +/- 5%, horse power to be within + 8% or less of curve
and efficiency should not be less that 10% of rated flow.
6.5.1. New pumps often require stabilization or a burn in period to achieve these results.
Normally, 30 minutes is adequate for this process. However, in cases where the
pump has not quite reached API specifications, the test technician should do one
of the following:
6.5.2. Extend the burn in period an additional 30 minutes if the performance curves
appear to be getting closer to the API limits.
OR
6.5.2.1. Contact Engineering to determine if further testing is required.
6.5.3. Pumps that do not achieve these requirements within the 1-hour limit are
documented on an RMR form per procedure Q7012, Test Well non-conforming
product.
PUMP TEST REV: B
6.5.4. If a unit experiences problems which can be corrected at the test well itself,
correct the problem and retest if necessary.
6.5.5. During the test, vibration will be checked using a CSI 1900 vibration analyzer
while pump is @ B.E.P. Reference the operational manual for proper set-up of
the meter. A maximum velocity amplitude of 0.156 IPS peak at the frequency
corresponding to the actual operating speed of the pump being tested, with no
other individual frequency component greater than 0.100 IPS peak will determine
if the pump passed the test. Readings are to be taken at the pump head, base and
the center of housing with probe in vertical position. Record the vibration results
on the assembly sheet.
6.6. If vibration test results do not meet the above criteria, an RMR will be initiated
according to procedure Q7012.
6.6.1. After the test is completed, disconnect the pump from the test loop and install the
base oil adapter. Tilt the pump until most of the water has drained. Install oil
hoses to both ends of the pump. Open the valve lever on the hose and at the oil
tank. Turn on the switch at the oil tank to start oiling the pump. Once fluid has
circulated completely through the system, turn the switch off and open the air
valve at the oil tank. Once the air has forced most of the oil out of the system,
close the air valve. Disconnect the oil hoses and lift one end of the pump until
most of the fluid has drained.
6.6.2. Re-check the pump shaft to make sure that it turns freely 360 degrees with out any
tight spots.
6.7. Compression pumps will require factory setting of the shaft extension. The test
operator will measure the pump shaft endplay by pushing the shaft into the up
position, then pushing the shaft into the down position and measure. Subtract the two
numbers to get the shaft endplay. Shaft extensions below the flange are recorded, as
negative numbers while shaft extensions above the flange are positive numbers.
Stamp the number on the nameplate in decimal inches.
6.7.1. Attachments
6.7.1.1. If the pump requires a bolt-on head, install an o-ring in the groove on the
bolt-on head and apply thread protector solution to the threads. Install
bolt-on head to head end of the pump. (Per M0023, Torque Ratings of the
bolts, Drain Vent Plugs, and Drain/Fill Valves). Return shipping cap and
coupling to Warehouse.
PUMP TEST REV: B
6.7.1.2. If a pump requires a bolt-on intake or gas separator, remove top shipping
cap from intake/gas separator. A special pump to intake or pump to gas
separator coupling is required. Install coupling on base end of pump and
bolt the intake /gas separator to the pump. When installing a gas separator
ensure that the nameplate is inline with the pump’s nameplate as close as
possible. The pump-to-pump coupling will be installed on the top end of
the pump. Return the shipping caps to the Warehouse
6.7.1.3. Ensure all required information is recorded in the database and send the
pump to the next operation.
6.8. TESTING AT DISTRICT LOCATIONS
6.8.1. When the Quality department recognizes that they cannot test domestic equipment
prior to delivery, they will contact Customer Service. Customer Service will get
approval from the appropriate district to ship the equipment untested.
6.8.1.1. When a pump has been identified to be tested at a district location, the
Test Technician will perform the following task:
6.8.1.2. Complete the appropriate information in the pump logbook and write in
the comment section the District that will be performing the test.
6.8.1.3. The test number that was assigned from the pump logbook and a statement
that the pump was not tested in Oklahoma City will be put in the comment
section of the assembly sheet.
6.8.1.4. Enter the appropriate information in the Access database and stating that
the pump was not tested in Oklahoma City in the comment section.
6.8.1.5. Check the overall condition of the pump for handling damage or
incomplete assembly. Verify the pump has a nameplate. All information
must be correctly stenciled on the nameplate and the head of pump
according to Process Procedure M0005.
6.8.1.6. Tighten all bolts on the shipping caps.
6.8.1.7. Attach a Red Tag with the following information written on the tag “DRY
PUMP NOT TESTED.”
6.8.1.8. Forward the pump to the next operation.
Document #: ZP0172Z-14b Rev 0

Customer: Mansarovar
Project #: Jazmin
SPS Project #: ZP0172Z
Project Test Procedure

Test System: Pump Performance (pump element only)
Base Work Instruction: Q7023 Rev B
Pump Preparation: Follow Work instruction Q7023 Rev B Sections 6.1 through 6.3.2
for pump preparation for testing
Initiation of Testing: Follow Work Instruction Q7023 Rev B Section 6.4
Test Operation: Follow Work Instruction Q7023 Rev B Section 6.4.2 – 6.5
Test Parameters:
Configuration: Pump is tested horizontally
Test Fluid: Clean water
Testing Equipment: WG Pump Test Software/Test Bench

CSI 1910 vibration analyzer
Test Measurements: Head Capacity and Horsepower:

Five main points are recorded during the test:
1) Test Open Flow
2) Maximum Recommended Flow
3) Best Efficiency Point (BEP)
4) Minimum Recommended Flow
5) Test Shut-Off
Two other points are to be selected and recorded at points
uniformly within the performance curve.
Total Recorded Points: 7
Vibration:
Vibration measurements taken at three points; Pump head, pump
base, and mid-pump in the vertical axis
Measurements taken while pump operating at BEP
Test Time: As required for pump stabilization and to record the test points.
Typically this is approx 30 minutes.
Pass/Fail Determination Pass: Pump Meets API RP11S2

Head Capacity Rate Tolerance +/- 5% of catalog curve
and
Pump meets API RP11S2
Horsepower Tolerance of +/-8% of catalog curve
and
Pump meets API RP11S2
Efficiency Tolerance of not less than 10% of catalog curve
at rated flow
and
Pump Meets API RP11S8 vibration levels:
1x Frequency: Max 0.156 inch/sec
Other frequencies: Max 0.100 inch/sec
Fail: Pump does not meet API RP11S2 Head capacity rate
tolerances
or
Pump does not meet API RP11S2 Horsepower tolerances
or
Pump does not meet API RP 11S2 Efficiency tolerance
or
Pump does not meet API RP11S8 Vibration levels
Documentation: Passed pumps: WG Pump Test Curve Database

(Work Instruction Q7023 Rev B Section 6.4.2)
Vibration on F112 Pump Assembly Sheet
(Work Instruction Q7023 Rev B Section 6.5.5 )
Post Test: Follow Work Instruction Q7023 Rev B Sections 6.6.1 – 6.7.1.3
Pass: Pump is tagged and forwarded as per Work Order instructions.
Fail: Pump is red tagged and forwarded to Control of Non-

Conforming Product Procedure WGESP 0004 utilizing Q-7012 Test well Non-
Conforming Product Report
Wood Group-ESP, Inc.
TEST DATE: TEST TIME: BHP EFF

MAX MAX 100
PRESSURE
0.0 0.00 0
0 MAX
FLOW
DASHED LINES = CATALOG CURVES SOLID LINES = TEST CURVES

API POINTS: MIN RANGE BEP MAX RANGE
API DELTA HEAD RATE: % % %
API DELTA BHP: % % %
API EFF: %
CUSTOMER: ZP0172Z PUMP MFG: ESP
LOCATION: OKC PUMP SIZE: ESP TM19000
PART NO: 177313 SERIAL # :
WELL NO: DAYS RUN: 0
WORK ORDER: HOUSING: 9.5
OPERATOR: STAGES: 24
BHP AND HEAD ARE CORRECTED TO SPGR = 1.00 >>>TEST SPGR = 1.0000
RATE, HEAD AND BPD ARE ALL CORRECTED TO 3500 RPM.
PUMP WAS TESTED HORIZONTALLY.
TEST BPD FT/STG HP/STG EFF RPM FT LIFT BHP

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
COMMENTS: This is example.
WOOD GROUP ESP

Oklahoma City, OK
73135
(405) 670-1431
RECORD NUMBER:
Wood Group ESP, Colombia S.A.

Alignment Report
FSO Number: ZP0172Z Date:

Costumer MANSAROVAR Lease JAZMIN
Skid Unit # SPS Model TM19000
Country COLOMBIA State BOGOTA - COTA
Motor Mfg TOSHIBA HP 500 S/N
Pump Type SM0560
Pump S/N Number Stages 24
Thrust chamber HDTC 1/2" STD S/N
Motor Coupling Type FALK 1080T20
Thrust Chamber Alignment
B C
D E
Shim size Pump Suport
Motor side: Pump Side:
0,003" 0,002" 0,000" 0,000"
0,002"
0,002"
0,002"
0,002"
Shim Size Motor
F1:
F3 F2
F2:
F3:
F4 F1 F4:
Wood Group ESP, Colombia S.A.

Shaft Setting
FSO Number: ZP0172Z Date:

Costumer MANSAROVAR Lease JAZMIN
Skid Unit # SPS Model TM19000
Country COLOMBIA State BOGOTA - COTA
Motor Mfg TOSHIBA HP 500 S/N
Pump Type SM0560
Pump S/N Number Stages 24
Thrust chamber HDTC 1/2" STD S/N
Motor Coupling Type FALK 1080T20
Axial Movment
Axial Movment Setting
Pump # 1 S/N
WOOD GROUP PRODUTS AND SERVICES DIV. SPS
Sistema de Bombas de Superficie

Informe de Ensamble de Equipos N°
Cliente MANSAROVAR Skid N° Fecha

Yac. JAZMIN Provincia Pais
Punto 1x(pulg/seg) 2x(pulg/seg) Gral(pulg/seg) Bombas

1 Serie Nº Etapas/Tipo Modelo Parte Nº
2
3
4 Motor
5 Serie Nº HP RPM Volts/Ampers
6
7 Cámara de Empuje
8 Serie Nº Modelo Parte Nº
9
10 Bomba Auxiliar (Booster)
11 Motor Serie Nº HP RPM Volts/Ampers
12
13 Bomba Serie Nº Caudal Presión Modelo
14
15 Parámetros Operativos Controlador del motor
M1 Caudal (M3) Serie
M2 Succión (PSI) Potencia
M3 Descarga (PSI) Marca/Fafricado
M4 Sensor Vibr. Frecuencia/Trabajo
M5 Sensor Tanque Voltaje con carga
M6 Temp. de Oper. Ampers con carga
Comentarios:
SPS Final Test Report
High Vibration Corrective Action
Refer to Vibration and Alignment Report for affected area locations
Location Failure mode Corrective Actions

> Check for soft foot on motor table.
If problem still persists…
> Ensure motor/TC alignment is within tolerance.
M1
> Ensure TC and pump are aligned properly and that pump is not in a bind.
M2
1. Check straightness of pump with laser.
M3
High motor vibration 2. Put a dial indicator on motor coupling hub and start unbolting pump supports
M4
to see if pump is in a bind.
M5
M6
> Un-couple motor from TC and run motor at 60 hz. (or specified speed) and re-take
vibration readings.
> Consult engineering.
> Ensure shimming is correct and that all shims are tight.
> Ensure TC and pump are aligned properly and that pump is not in a bind.
1. Check straightness of pump with laser.
2. Put a dial indicator on motor coupling hub and start unbolting pump supports
1 through High TC/Pump
to see if pump is in a bind.
15 vibration
> Pry on bottom of skid with prybar in localized areas and check if problemtic area(s)
improve. If so, shim up area and repeat as necessary.
F168-D
Oil Cooler
Work Order Number: Date:
Customer:
Project:
Choose base cooler configuration
Devine Hydac Womack Other
Setpoints
Pressure: 60-80 PSI on oil-injected SDTC and HDTC
Flowrate: 7-12 GPM on XTC
Amperage should not exceed nameplate amperage
Power unit motor Heat exchanger motor Pressure at manifold (PSI) Flowrate (GPM) if
Motor ID# Motor ID# if applicable applicable
Ø1 A: Ø1 A:
Ø2 A: Ø2 A:
Ø3 A: Ø3 A:
Voltage: Voltage:
HP: HP:
Auxillary components
Immersion heater Other
A:
Voltage:
Pass Fail Pass Fail
Visual checks
Leaks Pass Fail
Tubing integrity Pass Fail
Other
Pass Fail
Certification of test within acceptable limits
Pass ------ Fail-------
Notes
F168-D
Oil Cooler Corrective Actions
> Ensure motor is wired correctly to the nameplate for the applied voltage.
> Ensure bypass valve or flow control valve is mounted in the proper orientation
Failure mode Corrective Actions
> Open bypass valve until proper pressure is achieved.
> Ensure there are no abnormal restrictions in the TC orifices, lines, fittings or filter(s).
High pressure at
manifold block
> Oil may be cold and viscous. Re-circulate oil straight to tank until oil is warmed up.
> Close bypass valve until proper pressure is achieved.
> Ensure air is purged out of lines
Low pressure at If problem still persists…
manifold block Potential causes:
1. TC orifices oversized
2. Pump undersized
> Close flow control valve until proper flowrate is achieved.
High flowrate If problem still persists…
> Open flow control valve until proper flowrate is achieved.
> Oil may be cold and viscous. Re-circulate oil straight to tank until oil is warmed up.
Low flowrate If problem still persists…
Potential causes:
1. Pump undersized
> Ensure motor is wired correctly to the nameplate for the applied voltage.
High amperage
Potential causes:
readings
1. Pump undersized
F168-D
MANSAROVAR
Colombia, 2010
Section 7
INSTRUMENTATION
and Motor Coupling
• Data sheets
RTD Assemblies RTD Assemblies with Termi nal Head and Direct Mount RTD Assemblies
Conax Buffalo RTD assemblies offer a wide variety of terminal head

styles to meet application needs. In direct mount models, the sheath th
Sheath Diameter n hea
is attached to the terminal head using either a W8 fitting or a Conax tio e lS
ra Ste n
CONAX
i gu tio
Buffalo manufactured "soft seal" sealing gland. Gland models are n
e
c on f
l es s i na
a C in rm
en
t ler d Sta Te le
provided in different sizes and with various sealant materials to ensure m r To Lea 6 um Sty
Active Length Ele so so r 3 1 i n g
proper function in a wide range of environments. All provided direct or en en " m tin
ns ’S ’S 50 Alu un th
Assembly with Conax packing gland. Se ‘W ‘3 0.2 T5 Mo ng
mount fittings serve as mounting devices and environmental seals. Example: R T D 4 3 W 3 - 3 1 6 S S 2 5 - T 5 A L (P G 4 B L ) - 12.00" Le
Progressive Description Example: R T D 4 3 W 3 - 3 1 6 S S 2 5 - T 5 A L (W 8 ) - 12.00"

RTD43 W 3 316SS25 T15EALHPT ( PG2 AN ) 4 .00"
Specify Sensor Lead Specify Sheath Specify Length in Inches
Specify Sensor Element Specify Sensor Tolerance Configuration Material & Size Specify Termination Style Specify Mounting Style (required)
RTD43 Platinum W (Class B) RED

2-WIRE
304 Stainless Steel
• 100Ω @ 0˚ C • Available for RTD43, 44 and 2 SINGLE SS12 T5AL- Aluminum T11 T13T CONAX
PG2
WHITE
• α = 0.00385 Ω/Ω/˚C 45, single and dual; and RTD86, • 0.125" diameter T5CI - Cast Iron
• -250˚ C to +600˚ C MRTDF43 and MRTDF430, • Weather proof • For 0.125", 0.187" and
RED • NEMA 4 rated • FDA compliant, NEMA 4X rated
• -418˚ F to +1112˚ F single only 3 RED SS18 • Aluminum construction
0.250" diameter sheath
3-WIRE • Conduit port 3/4 NPT • White, unpigmented polypropylene
• Tolerance at 0˚ C is ±0.3˚ C SINGLE • 0.187" diameter • Stainless steel construction
MRTDF43 Platinum WHITE • Conduit port 1/2 NPT construction • Mounting thread 1/4 NPT
• 100Ω @ 0˚ C V (1/3 Class B) SS25 • 4 terminal posts
• α = 0.00385 Ω/Ω/˚C • Available for RTD43, 44 and RED • 0.250" diameter T5SS T11PL • Conduit port 3/4 NPT PG2BL – Lava sealant
RED
• -50˚ C to +550˚ C 45 single only 4 4-WIRE
SINGLE
PG2BT – Teflon sealant
• Tolerance at 0˚ C is ±0.1˚ C WHITE 316 Stainless Steel • NEMA 4X rated PG2BN – Neoprene sealant
• -58˚ F to +1022˚ F • Weather proof
WHITE
316SS12 • 316 stainless steel construction T15EAL - Aluminum PG2BV – Viton sealant
RTD44 Platinum S (Class A) • 0.125" diameter • Plastic construction T15ESS - Stainless PG2BG – Grafoil sealant
• Available for RTD43, 44 and 45 RED • Conduit port 3/4 NPT
• 100Ω @ 0˚ C RED 2-WIRE
• Conduit port 1/2 NPSM Steel
single only 6 316SS18
• α = 0.00385 Ω/Ω/˚C DUAL
• Explosion Proof rating Class 1, CONAX
PG4
• Tolerance at 0˚ C is ±0.15˚ C WHITE • 0.187" diameter T7
• -250˚ C to +800˚ C WHITE
T12 Division 1, Groups B, C and D
• -418˚ F to +1472˚ F X 316SS25 and Dust Proof/Ignition Proof • For 0.250" diameter sheath
RED rating for Class II, Division 1,
• Inconel 600 sheath • Available for ERTD41, single only; RED • 0.250" diameter • Weather proof • Stainless steel construction
standard tolerance at 0˚ C is ±0.4˚ C RED • Aluminum conduit box • Weather proof Group E, F & G
7 RED 3-WIRE • Ratings: T15EAL – NEMA 4, • Mounting thread 1/2 NPT
• Available for ERTD42, single; DUAL Inconel 600 accommodates up to • Aluminum construction
RTD45 Platinum tolerance at 0˚ C is ±0.8˚ C WHITE 8 terminals • Flip-top head T15ESS – NEMA 4X PG4BL – Lava sealant
• 100Ω @ 0˚ C WHITE
INC12
• Available for ERTD42, dual; • Conduit port 3/4 NPT • Conduit port 1/2 NPT • Conduit port 3/4 NPT PG4BT – Teflon sealant
• α = 0.003916 Ω/Ω/˚C • 0.125" diameter
tolerance at 0˚ C is ±1.4˚ C RED • Standard sheath
PG4BN – Neoprene sealant
• -250˚ C to +600˚ C RED PG4BV – Viton sealant
RED material for RTD44 T8 Note: For additional terminal head types
• -418˚ F to +1112˚ F RED
T13 and detailed descriptions, see page 46-51. PG4BG – Grafoil sealant
8 4-WIRE
RTD86 Platinum ERTD41 Copper DUAL INC18
WHITE
• 0.187" diameter • Weather proof
• FDA compliant, NEMA 4 rated
W4
• 200Ω @ 0˚ C • 10Ω (9.05Ω actual) @ 0˚ C WHITE
• Cast iron construction
WHITE • Standard sheath
• α = 0.00385 Ω/Ω/˚C • α = 0.00426 Ω/Ω/˚C WHITE
• Black epoxy coated (E-coat)
• White, unpigmented polypropylene • For 0.125", 0.187" and
• -250˚ C to +600˚ C • -70˚ C to +150˚ C material for RTD44 construction 0.250" diameter sheath
• Conduit port 3/4 NPT • Conduit port 3/4 NPT
• -418˚ F to +1112˚ F • -94˚ F to +300˚ F INC25 • 316 stainless steel construction
• Available with 0.250" Note: 0.125" and 0.187" • Mounting thread 1/4 NPT
MRTDF430 Platinum diameter sheaths can contain • 0.250" diameter
sheath diameter or larger • Standard sheath T8E • Sheath welded to fitting
• 1000Ω @ 0˚ C up to 4 wires; 0.250" diameter T13F
• α = 0.00385 Ω/Ω/˚C ERTD42 Nickel sheaths can contain up to 8 wires. material for RTD44
• 120Ω @ 0˚ C • Explosion proof rating W8
• -50˚ C to +550˚ C • FDA compliant, NEMA 4X rated
• -58˚ F to +1022˚ F • α = 0.00672 Ω/Ω/˚C Class I, Group B, C & D
Note: For additional diameters • White, unpigmented polypropylene • For 0.125", 0.187" and
• Available with 0.250" • -40˚ C to +180˚ C and other sheath materials,
Class II, Group E, F & G
Class III construction 0.250" diameter sheath
sheath diameter or larger • -40˚ F to +350˚ F see pages 23-24. • Flip-top head • 316 stainless steel construction
• Available with 0.250" • Gray iron body with aluminum
screw cover • Conduit port 3/4 NPT • Mounting thread 1/2 NPT
Note: For ASTM E1137 assemblies,
sheath diameter or larger
• NEMA 4 rated • Sheath welded to fitting
use ordering prefix ARTD44W4-SS25
or ARTD44W4-INC25.
• Conduit port 1/2 NPT Note: For sealant material details,
see page 41.
For more information call: 1 - 8 0 0 - 2 2 3 - 2 3 8 9 • e-mail: c o n a x b u f @ c o n a x b u f fa l o . c o m • visit our website: w w w. c o n a x b u f fa l o . c o m For more information call: 1 - 8 0 0 - 2 2 3 - 2 3 8 9 • e-mail: c o n a x b u f @ c o n a x b u f fa l o . c o m • visit our website: w w w. c o n a x b u f fa l o . c o m
8 9
MODEL ST5491E
2 WIRE SEISMIC
VIBRATION TRANSMITTER
Installation Manual M9344
8824 Fallbrook Dr.

Houston, TX 77064, USA
Tel: 1-281-940-1802
After Hours Technical Assistance: 1-713-702-8805
Fax: 1-713-559-9421
E-mail: info@metrix1.com
www.metrix1.com
Revision: E
M9344 Page 1
• Provides 4-20 mA signal proportional to Verify Transmitter Configuration
velocity vibration
Be sure to determine the transmitter
• Direct connection to PLC, DCS or other recording configuration before installing it. See
monitor inside for configuration details.
• Two wire, loop powered, simplifies field wiring ST5491E-XXX-XXX-XX

1st XXX denotes measurement range
• Different mounting stud types, 2nd XXX denotes mounting type, area
see table (page 3) use rating, and top connection
(including signal output option)
3rd XX denotes optional filtering
The Model ST5491E Seismic Vibration Transmitter is a
new version of an established series of transmitters from
Metrix. The ST5491E is the indicating version of Metrix
Model ST5484E and comes with an integral 2-1/2 digit Specifications:
LCD indicator for local vibration readout. It incorporates
state-of-the-art electronic components and circuits. It Vibration Range: 4 to 20 mA output
also offers several new options in terms of features and proportional to velocity. Refer to “How
configurations. Be sure to study the configuration of the to Select A” for ranges. Nonstandard
transmitter before putting it in service. ranges available.
The transmitter combines a vibration sensor and signal Accuracy: 2%

conditioner in a single package. They provide the ideal
solution for sensing machinery vibration level and trans- Indicator: 2 ½ digits, ips or mm/s
mitting a proportional 4-20 mA signal directly to a PLC,
DCS, monitor, or computer. Typical applications include Frequency Response: Standard:
low and medium speed machines, such as fans, blow- 2 - 1500 Hz, available up to 2000 Hz
ers, pumps, motors, and centrifuges. The transmitter Refer to “How to Select E/F”. 12 dB
can be supplied with optional screw cover elbow fittings / oct high pass and low pass filters
for connecting flexible conduit. are used.
The transmitter is all solid state, has no moving parts, Axis Orientation: Any
and is encapsulated in a stainless steel housing. The
LCD indicator is packaged in a sealed module that can Supply Voltage (Vs): 13 to 30 VDC
be positioned in 90° increments with the elbow fitting to
allow proper viewing when the transmitter is installed. Isolation: 500Vrms, circuit to case
Each transmitter is factory calibrated to the sensitivity
marked on the label. Electrical Connection:
Flying leads - 457 mm (24 in.)
length, 18 AWG
Maximum Load Resistance (RL):

RL = 50 x (Vsupply-13) ohms
Service Temp. Rating:

-10°C to +70°C (+14°F to +156°F)
Enclosure Materials: 303 SS
Enclosure Environmental Rating: NEMA 4X, IP 67
ME_M9344_ST5491E_RevE_031809 Page 2
OUTLINE AND DIMENSIONS
ST5491E CONFIGURATION A BCD EF

ST5491E - □□□-□□□-□□
A - Full Scale B - Mounting C - Hazardous Area Rating
0 2 1 = 1.0 ips (25mm/s), pk 0 = Integral 1/4" NPT = Non-hazardous & CSA/NRTL/C (for all connections)
1
Class I, Div 2, Grps C & D
0 2 2 = 20.0 mm/s, pk 1 = Integral 1/2" NPT
= CSA/NRTL/C for Class I, DIV 1, Grps C-D & Class II,
2
0 2 3 = 100mm/s, pk 2 = 3/8-24 UNF X 1/2" DIV 1, Grps E-G (available with flying leads only)
0 2 4 = 2.0 ips (50mm/s), pk 4 = M8 X 1-12

D - Connection
5 = M10 X 1.25-12
0 = 4-20 mA; Flying leads (C = 1 or 2)
E - HP Filter F - LP Filter
0 = No Filter (2 Hz) 0 = No Filter (1500 Hz)
1 = 5 Hz 1 = 500 Hz
2 = 10 Hz 2 = 1000 Hz
3 = 20 Hz 3 = 2000 Hz
4 = 50 Hz
5 = 100 Hz
6 = 200 Hz
The complete Model Number, showing the configuration and serial number, is etched
onto the body of the Transmitter.
INSTALLATION
1. MOUNTING It is important the transmitter body be solidly mounted to the machine surface. See the
section on transducer placement. Different machine preparations are required for the two basic transmitter mounting
styles; NPT (National Pipe Thread) and machine thread (UNF and Metric). Transmitters with the NPT type mounting
stud are secured by the thread engagement and the base of the transmitter does not come in contact with the ma-
chine surface. On the other hand, transmitters with the machine thread studs must make contact with the machine
surface. The base of the transmitter must make square and direct contact. This requires preparing the surface of
the machine with a 1 1/2 inch counter bore (surfacing tool). This tool can be used with a portable drill equipped with
a magnetic base but care must be taken so that the tapped and threaded hole is perpendicular to the machined sur-
face. The transmitter must make contact all the way around its base surface. Contact Metrix for more detailed in-
structions for using a counter bore.
If installing a transmitter with a standard 1/4 inch NPT stud, drill a hole using a 7/16 inch bit, 5/8 inch deep. Then tap
using a 1/4 - 18 NPT (tapered pipe tap). Hand tighten the transmitter and then turn an additional 1 to 2 turns using a
wrench on the wrench flats. Do not use a pipe wrench. A pipe wrench can apply extreme forces to the body and
potentially damage electronic components. A minimum of five (5) threads of engagement should be made. A 1/4
inch to 1/2 inch NPT bushing is available for mounting the transmitter in existing 1/2 inch NPT holes. Also, a Model
7084 Flange Adapter can be used between the transmitter and the machine surface when there is not enough sur-
face thickness to drill and tap a hole. The flange adaptor mounts with three small screws. See accessories.
If installing a transmitter with one of the straight machined thread sizes, follow standard drill and tap procedures. Be
sure to not drill a hole larger that the counter bore pilot diameter before using the counter bore to prepare the ma-
chine surface. Drill out the hole with the correct tap drill size after preparing the surface.
The sensitive axis of the transmitter is in line with the mounting stud. The transmitter can be oriented in any (0 to
360 degree) position.
2. WIRING The ST5491E is connected like any other loop powered transmitter. The following is a sum-
mary based on area designations.
2.A SAFE AREA INSTALLATION Connect the field wiring in accordance with the appropriate diagram
on page 4. The ST5491E transmitter requires a minimum of 13 VDC for proper operation. The minimum
loop power supply voltage required is 13 VDC plus 1 volt for each 50 ohms of loop resistance.
ST5491E Example: Signal wire resistance = 10 ohms

Resistance of receiver = 250 ohms
Total loop resistance = 260 ohms
Minimum supply voltage = 260 (1V/50 ohms) + 13V = 18.2 VDC
The maximum loop power supply voltage that may be applied is 30 VDC. The maximum loop resistance (RL) is cal-
culated by the equation:
RL = 50 (VS - 13) ohms

Example: RL = 50 (24 - 13) = 550 ohms for 24 VDC loop supply.
2.B EXPLOSION-PROOF INSTALLATION IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS ST5491E transmitters

are CSA certified explosion-proof, Class I (C & D); Class II (E, F & G,). Connect the field wiring in accordance with
the appropriate diagram on page 4. Refer to paragraph 2.A for loop voltage and resistance requirements. All con-
duit and junction boxes used must be certified explosion-proof for the class, division and group required by the appli-
cation. Installation of the transmitter must meet all of the explosion-proof installation requirements of the local gov-
erning agency and facility safety procedures.
3. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY In order to meet the requirements of electromagnetic

compatibility in areas of high electromagnetic interference, the field wiring must be:
1. shielded twisted pair cable enclosed in grounded metallic conduit, or
2. double shielded twisted pair cable with a metallic body cable gland fitting and with the outer shield
grounded.
WIRING DIAGRAMS
Single Transmitter
Multiple Transmitter
Use standard two-conductor, twisted pair, shielded wiring for the long run to the instrumentation enclosure. The
transmitter is connected like any other loop powered end device.
CONNECTION TO PLC OR OTHER INDICATING INSTRUMENT

The first step in configuring the PLC, DCS, or other recording instrument is to determine the source of power. The
ST5491E requires loop power be supplied to it. Some Analog Input channels, on a PLC or DCS, for example, pro-
vide this power from within. If they do not provide power, an external power supply must be provided. Connect the
transmitter field wiring using standard instrumentation practices.
Scaling of the display is on the basis of the range of the transmitter. The measurement parameter name is
“vibration” and the units are “ips” (inches per second) or “mm/s” (millimeters per second). The example below is
based on a standard 1.0 ips transmitter.
Vibration Level Transmitter Output PLC (or other) Scale
None 4mA +/-0.1mA 0.00 ips
1.0 ips 20mA +/-0.4mA 1.00 ips
In order to prevent nuisance alarms, due to transient operating conditions, program a time delay into the alarm. Mo-
mentary “jolts” that can occur at start-up or during some operating condition changes, do not reflect a machines
steady state operating condition. The indicated vibration level must cross the threshold level and stay above it for a
preset time before any alarm action is taken. A 2 to 3 second delay is normally applied to most machinery. Consult
Metrix if you have a question about your machines operating characteristics.
Some rough starting machinery may also need a start-up time lockout for alarms. A start-up lockout is different than
a time delay! Both may be needed.
TYPICAL TRANSMITTER PLACEMENT

The ST5491E measures seismic vibration at the attachment point on the machine. Its sensitive direction is through
its cylindrical body. It will not measure side to side motion. It measures velocity vibration in ips (inches per second).
Velocity vibration is a common measurement for a large variety of machinery.
Typical transmitter mounting for casing vibration measurements is in the horizontal direction at the bearing housings.
Usually the horizontal direction is more sensitive because of the way machinery is typically mounted. Figure 2
shows the flying leads being spliced in the conduit elbow. Please be aware the splice can not be made at this point
if in a hazardous area. In this case, make the splice in a second conduit hub (meeting splicing requirements) at the
end of the flexible conduit.
TYPICAL TRANSMITTER PLACEMENT (con’t)
The standard lead length is 24 inches. We recommend using the “Y” conduit elbow because it prevents the conduit
from extending too far away from the transmitter, limiting the likelihood of getting snagged while working near the
machinery. If a 1 inch to 3/4 inch reducer is used at the elbow, a smaller diameter flexible conduit can be used. It
is always a good idea to limit the mass that “hangs” on the transmitter. The flexible conduit should make a bend in
order to be sure any rigid conduit motion can not feed into the transmitter body.
TYPICAL APPLICATION AND MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT
Figure 1
Figure 2
CALIBRATION
The ST5491E transmitter has been factory calibrated for the full scale vibration level marked on the label. If the cali-
bration is in doubt the unit can be verified in the field by following the procedures outlined below. Note that there are
no Zero and Span adjustments on the transmitter.
1. Zero Verification In the absence of vibration the output current should be 4 mA ±0.1 mA. If the ambi-
ent vibration is more than 2% of full scale, the transmitter should be removed from the machine and placed on a vi-
bration free surface for this measurement. Often a piece of foam can be used to isolate the transmitter from exter-
nal motion.
2. Span Verification Subject the transmitter to a known vibration within the full scale range marked on the
label. If using a portable vibration shaker where it can be tested at full scale, the output should be 20 mA ±0.4 mA.
If using another reference, like a similar machine, calculate the current value on a proportional basis.
The output level can also be compared to a vibration level read on a portable vibration meter. This reading should
be taken as close to the transmitter location as possible.
If you shake the transmitter by hand you can produce a high output as long as there are no high pass filters. Check
the configuration for filters. There is no way of knowing the expected output when shaking it by hand.
3. Digital Indicator Calibration of the Digital Indicator requires partial disassembly of the ST5491E. Re-
move the Digital Indicator threaded cover. Carefully remove the electronics module using a small flat head screw-
driver. Note how the transmitter wires are connected before disconnecting them. Remove the retaining wire from
the bottom of the module and carefully remove the electronics board assembly from the module housing. Connect
the electronics module is series with a current loop that can be accurately set from 4.0 mA to 20.0 mA +/- 0.1 mA.
NOTE: IF A VOLTAGE SOURCE IS USED TO GENERATE A CURRENT, A LOAD RESISTANCE MUST BE CON-
NECTED IN SERIES WITH THE ST5491E INDICATOR MODULE. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY DAMAGE THE
UNIT.
Set the current loop to the zero current reading of the transmitter and adjust the ZERO (R7) control for a reading
of .00. Next set the current loop to the full scale current value and adjust the SPAN (R6) control for the proper indi-
cation. Alternately adjust the ZERO and SPAN controls as adjustments interact.
Label Full Scale Reading
1.0 ips 1.00

19.9 mm/s 19.9*
100 mm/s 100
After calibration, reassemble the module, reconnect the wiring, and reassemble the unit.
RED +
+
1
INDICATOR
+ RED
2
DIGITAL
VIBRATION
TRANSMITTER
3
- BLUE
4
-
BLUE -
OPTIONAL MOUNTING & CONNECTION
The ST5491E is available with different mounting options. The performance of the transmitter does not change
(except for the dynamic output option, discussed).
OPTIONAL MOUNTING ACCESSORIES
8201-001, Conduit Union

Fits between transmitter and 8200-001 conduit elbow to facilitate installation and wiring where there is not enough room to
rotate the elbow. Suitable for Class I, Div. 1 (Grps A, B, C & D) and Class II, Div. 1 (Grps E, F & G), hazardous areas. Material:
zinc plated steel.
7084-001, Stainless Steel Flange Mount Adaptor

Provides a means to surface mount transmitters rather than NPT stud (½”: NPT center hole). Three equally spaced 6.6 mm
(0.26’) diameter mounting holes on 38 mm (1.50”) diameter circle.
7084-002, Flange Mount Adaptor
Same as 7084-001, except center hole is ¼” NPT. Material: stainless steel
8253-002, Bushing
Bushing for ½” NPT mount when screwed onto standard ¼” NPT base. Material: stainless steel.
OPTIONAL CONNECTION ACCESSORIES
8169-75-002-XXX, Two-wire, Cable Assembly

2 conductor (20 AWG) twisted, shielded PVC jacketed cable, with plated steel grip for cable strain relief, male ¾” NPT end.
Specify -XXX for length in feet. Example: 8169-75-002-010 =10 ft (3.1M). Material: zinc plated steel.
93818-004, Cable Grip Strain Relief Fitting

3/4” NPT male thread to cable grip. Diameter range: .156” to .25”. Complete with sealing ring and locknut. Hot dip / mechani-
cally galvanized finish. Suitable for NEMA 4 enclosures.
93818-018, Armored Cable Grip Strain Relief Fitting

3/4” NPT male thread to cable grip. Armor diameter range: .40” to .50”. Complete with sealing ring and locknut. Hot dip / me-
chanically galvanized finish. Suitable for NEMA 4 enclosures.
ENVIROMENTAL INFORMATION
This electronic equipment was manufactured according to high quality standards to

ensure safe and reliable operation when used as intended. Due to its nature, this
equipment may contain small quantities of substances known to be hazardous to the
environment or to human health if released into the environment. For this reason,
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (commonly known as WEEE) should never
be disposed of in the public waste stream. The “Crossed-Out Waste Bin” label affixed
to this product is a reminder to dispose of this product in accordance with local WEEE
regulations. If you have questions about the disposal process, please contact Metrix
Customer Services.
Vibration Transmitter
ST5491E Indicating Velocity 4-20 mA
Model ST5491E is the ideal solution for sensing vibration

on most plant equipment. This precision case mounted,
indicating velocity vibration sensor and signal conditioner in
a single package is built to provide years of reliable service.
A simple two-wire loop signal proportional to velocity is
generated for transfer to a programmable logic controller
(PLC), distributed control system (DCS) or other 4-20 mA
SEISMIC PRODUCTS
input devices. Simply mount the transmitter on the machine

case, connect the 2-wire loop and read and/or record the
vibration.
Features/Benefits
• LCD Indicator Weight & Dimensions

• Loop-powered
• 4-20 mA proportional to velocity
• Interfaces w/PLC, DCS and 4-20 mA
monitors
• Different mounting studs available
• Most stable detection circuit
• Built-in temperature shock protection
• “Ski slope*” problem protected
• Widest frequency range
• High & low pass filters
• Built-in base & housing strain
protection
• Extremely low cross axis sensitivity
Applications
• Blowers
• Centrifuges
• Compressors
• Engines
• Fans
Weight: 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs.)
• Generators
• Motors
• Pumps
• Turbines
• Turbochargers
Vibration - Condition Monitoring www.metrix1.com • info@metrix1.com

2.18 and Protection Sales & Service Tel: 281-940-1802 • Fax: 281-940-1799 • REV A
Vibration Transmitter
ST5491E Indicating Velocity 4-20 mA
Specifications
Vibration Range: 4 to 20 mA output Axis Orientation: Any +70°C (+14°F to +156°F)
proportional to velocity. Refer to “How
to Select A” for ranges. Nonstandard Supply Voltage (Vs): 13 to 30 VDC Enclosure Materials: 303 SS
ranges available.
Isolation: 500Vrms, circuit to case Enclosure Environmental Rating:
Accuracy: 2% NEMA 4X, IP 67
Electrical Connection:
Indicator: 2 ½ digits, ips or mm/s Flying leads - 457 mm (24 in.) Approvals: Refer to “How to Select C”.
length, 18 AWG
Frequency Response: Standard:
2 - 1500 Hz, available up to 2000 Hz Maximum Load Resistance (RL):
Refer to “How to Select E/F”. 12 dB RL = 50 x (Vsupply-13) ohms
SEISMIC PRODUCTS
/ oct high pass and low pass filters
are used. Service Temp. Rating: -10C° to
How To Select
A B C D E F
A Full Scale Range D Connection

0 2 1 = 1 ips (25 mm/s), pk 0 = 4-20 mA: Flying leads (C = 1 or 2)
0 2 2 = 20 mm/s, pk
0 2 3 = 100 mm/s, pk E High Pass Filter
0 2 4 = 2.0 ips (50 mm/s), pk
0 = No Filter (2 Hz), Standard
Note: For true RMS velocity calibration, add 30 to dash 1 = 5 Hz
number, eg. -021 becomes -051.
2 = 10 Hz
B Mounting Stud 3 = 20 Hz
4 = 50 Hz
0 = Integral ¼” NPT 5 = 100 Hz
1 = Integral ½” NPT 6 = 200 Hz
2 = 3/8 - 24 UNF X ½”
4 = M8 X 1-12
5 = M10 X 1.25-12 F Low Pass Filter
C Hazard Rating 0 = No Filter (1500 Hz), Standard

1 = 500 Hz
1 = Non-hazardous & CSA/NRTL/C (for all connec- 2 = 1000 Hz
tions) Class I, Div 2, Grps C & D
3 = 2000 Hz
2 = CSA/NRTL/C for Class I, Div 1, Grps C-D & Class II,
Div 1, Grps E-G (available with flying leads ONLY)
Optional Stud Adapters
STUD BUSHING
8253-002 1/4” NPT to 1/2” NPT
8841-084 3/8 - 24 UNF to 1/2 - 20 UNF
8841-099 M8 to M10 x 1.25
Vibration - Condition Monitoring www.metrix1.com • info@metrix1.com

and Protection Sales & Service Tel: 281-940-1802 • Fax: 281-940-1799 • REV A 2.19
45APE-00029B
4-1/2 in. (114 mm) Dial Revised 02-04
Replaces 45PE-96002B
Catalog Section 05
Pressure SWICHGAGE ®
(00-02-0771)
Switch
Adjustment
45APE Series
Knob
■ Combination Indicating Gage with Independent
High Limit
Low and High Snap-Acting Switches
■ Field-Adjustable and Highly Visible Low and
Set Point
Indicator
High Pressure Trip Point Indicators

■ Dual-Sector Geared Movement Allows for
Full-Scale Indication and Set Point Control
Low Limit
■ Panel and Surface Mount Versions Available
Set Point
Indicator ■ Latching Control Relay Versions Available
Pressure Inlet
45APE Series shown
Patent Pending
*Listed for non-hazardous locations
Pending for hazardous location.
Description *
The 45APE Series SWICHGAGE is a mechanical
® 45APEE and 45APEBPE Pressure Relief Disc:
gage for pressure indication. It includes 2 adjustable These models (square case) have the same features Back of case (except EX models).
as the 45APE/45APEBP, but suitable for panel Switch Reset Deadband: Approximately 10% FS.
SPDT switches. These snap-acting switches can be mounting.
used for start and stop, to trip alarms and to shut Snap-Acting Switches: 2-SPDT; 2 A @ 250 VAC.
down equipment. Ranges are available from 30”vac Applications Dry Relay Contact (“BP” Models):
(-100 kPa) [-1 bar] thru 10,000 psi (138 MPa) [1379 The 45APE Series models are widely used in 10 A @ 28 VDC or 10 A @ 120 VAC.
bar], see back page. applications requiring pressure indication and Form Wire Connections (Surface Mount): 1/2 NPTF
“C” low and high pressure switches. conduit/ terminal block.
Basic Operation Wire Connections (Panel Mount): Wire leads, 18
The 45APE Series utilizes a bourdon tube sensing unit Specifications AWG (1.0 mm2) x 9 in. (229 mm) long.
with a stainless steel dual-sector geared movement. Dial: White on black, dual scale, psi and kPa Wire Connections (-ES, -OS): 1/2 NPTM conduit and
Each of the sectors drive separate pointers when standard, 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) diameter. wire leads, 24 AWG (0.22 mm2) x 30 in.
pressure is applied to the bourdon tube. The indicating (762 mm) long.
Case: Die cast aluminum, surface or panel mount.
pointer (visible pointer) shows actual pressure reading, Item Weight: 5 lbs 6 oz (2.4 kg) approximately.
including below and beyond the low and high trip Overrange: Do not exceed 10% FS above full
range. Explosion-proof models: 21 lb. (9.5 kg) approx.
points. The low and high trip points are adjustable
independently on the gage front lens. Process Connection: 1/4 NPTM thru 1000 psi; Item Dimensions: 10 x 9 x 6 in. (254 x 229
1/2 NPTM 1500 - 10,000 psi; back connection x 152 mm) approximately.
The switch operator pointer (behind the dial) is optional. Explosion-proof models: 12 x 12 x 9 in
calibrated to follow the indicating pointer. The low and (305 x 305 x 229 mm) approximately.
Sensing Element: Bronze or 316 stainless steel
high trip point indicators “arrest” the switch operator
bourdon tube.
pointer, and as pressure decreases or increases, through
“the principal of lost motion” the respective snap- Gage Accuracy:
switch is tripped. Indicating pointer within switch points with
hysteresis of <1%: ±2% for first and last quarters CSA Certified Models: 45APE Series models
Basic Models of scale; middle half of scale is ±1%. with pressure range thru 5000 psig (34.4 MPa) [344 bar]
45APE Series SWICHGAGE® Indicating pointer above or below trip point: are CSA approved for Non-Hazardous locations, except
Surface mount (square case) version. Range Accuracy (+/-) above & below trip point only options BC, ES, LC and OS. Explosion-proof “EX”
<100 (except 15 psi) 10 models with pressure range thru 5000 psig (34.4 MPa)
45APEF Series SWICHGAGE® [344 bar] are CSA approved for Hazardous locations
15 15
Panel mount (round case) version. 100-300 4 Class I, Groups, C & D. 45APEBP and 45APEBPE
45APEBP Latching Control Relay Series 400-1500 2 models are not CSA certified.
These models have a latching control relay for auto- 2000 12
matic ON/OFF control. They are designed to start 3000-5000 8
and stop electric motor driven equipment. Reading based on testing performed with switch
point at mid scale which represents worst case.
Switch accuracy ±1.5%.
How to Order
Specify model number. NOTE: No designator is required for Standard configurations.
List options in alphabetical order (A to Z). Place a dash (–) between each option. See example below.
Base Model 45APEBP – 4 – S– 100 – EX Options (NOTE: Not all options available for every model.)
45APE 45APEE BC = Back Connected Bourdon Tube
45APEF 45APEBPE* ES = Environmentally Sealed (45APEF models only)
45APEBP* EX = Explosion-proof (approved for hazardous areas Class I, Groups C &
* Not covered by CSA. D to <= 5000 psig)
EL = (EXLC) Explosion-Proof Less Case
LC = Less Case
Voltage (BP models only, feature NOT covered by CSA ) OS = Oil Sealed (45APEF models only)
Blank= 120 VAC P4L = (PT147) PT147 pressure transmitter w/5 ft. capillary(1)
2 = 12 VDC (Pulsation dampener no longer provided)
4 = 24 VDC P6 = (PT167) PT167 Pressure transmitter direct mount (2)
(1) For capillary greater than 5 ft., specify in 5 ft. increment following
designator, example: P4L15 (option P4 with 15 ft. capillary).
(2) Available for ranges ≥100-1000 psi only.
Bourdon Tube/Socket NOTE: for detail on P4L, P6 options see FWMurphy sales bulletin
A = Bronze/Brass std. < =1,000 psi OPL-96001B in section 05 of your catalog.
S = 316 Stainless Steel/ 316 Stainless Steel
Range
45APE Series
Typical Wiring Diagram
Code Vacuum/psi kPa/MPa bar
30HV60H 30” Hg/Vac - 60” Hg/Press. -101 kPa–203 kPa -1.01–2.03
30V 30” vac - 0 psi -101 kPa - 0 kPa -1.01 - 0
30V15 30” vac - 15 psi -101 kPa - 103 kPa -1.01 - 1.03
30V30 30” vac - 30 ps -101 kPa - 207 kPa -1.01 - 2.07 LOW SWITCH HIGH SWITCH
30V100 30” vac - 100 psi -101 kPa - 689 kPa -1.01 - 6.89 3
N.C.–Orange N.C.–Black
6
30V200 30” vac - 200 psi -101 kPa - 1.38 MPa -1.01 - 13.79 2
N.O.–Blue N.O.–Brown
5
30V300 30” vac - 300 psi -101 kPa - 2.03 MPa -1.01 - 20.68 1
Common–Red Common–Yellow
4
15 15 psi 0 - 103 kPa 0 - 1.03
30 0 - 30 psi 0 - 207 kPa 0 - 2.06 Contact Ratings: 2-SPDT snap-switches; 2 A @ 250 VAC
60 0 - 60 psi 0 - 414 kPa 0 - 4.13 NOTE: Diagram shows the pointer in the at rest (shelf) position.
100 0 - 100 psi 0 - 689 kPa 0 - 6.89
160 0 - 160 psi 0 - 1.10 MPa 0 - 11.03
200 0 - 200 psi 0 - 1.38 MPa 0 - 13.78 Dimensions
300 0 - 300 psi 0 - 2.07 MPa 0 - 20.68
4-1/32 in.
(102 mm)
3-15/16 in.
400 0 - 400 psi 0 - 2.76 MPa 0 - 27.57 (100 mm) 1/2NPTF
600 0 - 600 psi 0 - 41.36 conduit
0 - 4.14 MPa
1000 0 - 1000 psi 0 - 6.89 MPa 0 - 68.95
1500 0 - 1500 psi 0 - 10.34 MPa 0 - 103.42
2000 0 - 2000 psi 0 - 137.89
Surface Mount
0 - 13.79 MPa
3000 0 - 3000 psi 0 - 20.68 MPa 0 - 206.84 Models
5000 0 - 5000 psi 0 - 34.48 MPa 0 - 344.73
7-7/8 in.
10000 0 - 10,000 psi 0 - 68.95 MPa 0 - 689.47 (200 mm) 9/32 in.
(7 mm) dia.
3 places
1/4 NPTM or 1/2 NPTM
Pressure Connection
5-7/16 in. 2-57/64 in.

(138 mm) (73 mm)
6-3/4 in.
Panel Mount (171 mm)
-OS; ES
Warranty Models 120 120
models only
A limited warranty on materials and workmanship is given with this FW Murphy

product. A copy of the warranty may be viewed or printed by going to
www.fwmurphy.com/support/warranty.htm
1/4 NPTM or 1/2 NPTM Optional (-BC) 1/2NPTM
Pressure Connection Pressure Connection
CONTROL SYSTEMS & SERVICES DIVISION FRANK W. MURPHY, LTD. MACQUARRIE CORPORATION
P.O. Box 1819; Rosenberg, Texas 77471; USA Church Rd.; Laverstock, Salisbury SP1 1QZ; U.K. 1620 Hume Highway
+1 281 633 4500 fax +1 281 633 4588 +44 1722 410055 fax +44 1722 410088 Campbellfield, Vic 3061; Australia
e-mail sales@fwmurphy.com e-mail sales@fwmurphy.co.uk +61 3 9358 5555 fax +61 3 9358 5558
FW Murphy
MURPHY DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V. www.fwmurphy.co.uk e-mail murphy@macquarrie.com.au
P.O. Box 470248
Blvd. Antonio Rocha Cordero 300, Fracción del Aguaje MURPHY SWITCH OF CALIFORNIA
Tulsa, Oklahoma 74147 USA
San Luis Potosí, S.L.P.; México 78384 41343 12th Street West
+1 918 317 4100 +52 444 8206264 fax +52 444 8206336 Palmdale, California 93551-1442; USA
D
RE
fax +1 918 317 4266 GI

E
Villahermosa Office +52 993 3162117 +1 661 272 4700 fax +1 661 947 7570
STER
USA–ISO 9001:2000 FM 28221

e-mail sales@fwmurphy.com e-mail ventas@murphymex.com.mx e-mail sales@murphyswitch.com UK–ISO 9001:2000 FM 29422
www.fwmurphy.com www.murphymex.com.mx www.murphyswitch.com

In order to consistently bring you the highest quality, full featured products, we reserve the right to change our specifications and designs at any time.
Printed in U.S.A.
45APE-00029B page 2 of 2
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
Catalog 2008 - 2009 Rosemount 3051
Rosemount 3051 Pressure Transmitter

THE PROVEN INDUSTRY LEADER IN
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
• Best-in-Class performance with 0.04% High
Accuracy option
• Industry first installed five-year stability
• Unmatched Dynamic Performance
• Coplanar™ platform enables integrated
pressure, flow, and level solutions
• Advanced PlantWeb® Functionality to
increase plant productivity
Contents
Product Offering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Pressure-3
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Pressure-4
Product Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Pressure-12
HART Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Pressure-12
Fieldbus Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Pressure-15
Dimensional Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Pressure-17
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page Pressure-25
www.rosemount.com
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
Rosemount 3051 Catalog 2008 - 2009
Specifications
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Total Performance is based on combined errors of reference accuracy, ambient temperature effect, and static pressure effect.
This product data sheet covers both HART and fieldbus protocols unless specified.
Conformance To Specification (±3σ (Sigma))

Technology leadership, advanced manufacturing techniques and statistical process control ensure specification conformance to at least ±3σ.
Reference Accuracy(1)
Models Standard High Accuracy Option
3051CD, 3051CG
Range 0 (CD) ±0.10% of span
For spans less than 2:1, accuracy =
±0.05% of URL
Range 1 ±0.10% of span
± 0.025 + 0.005 ⎛ ---------------⎞ % of Span

URL
⎝ Span⎠
Ranges 2-5 ±0.065% of span Ranges 2-4

For spans less than 10:1, accuracy = High Accuracy Option, P8
±0.04% of span
± 0.015 + 0.005 ⎛ --------------
URL ⎞ % of Span
⎝ Span-⎠ For spans less than 5:1, accuracy =
± 0.015 + 0.005 ⎛ ---------------⎞ % of Span

URL
⎝ Span⎠
3051T
±0.04% of span
± 0.0075 ⎛ ---------------⎞ % of Span
URL
⎝ Span⎠ For spans less than 5:1, accuracy =
± 0.0075 ⎛ --------------
URL ⎞ % of Span
⎝ Span-⎠
Range 5 ±0.075% of span

± 0.0075 ⎛ ---------------⎞ % of Span

URL
⎝ Span⎠
3051CA
±0.04% of span
± 0.0075 ⎛ ---------------⎞ % of Span
URL
⎝ Span⎠ For spans less than 5:1, accuracy =
± 0.0075 ⎛ ---------------⎞ % of Span

URL
⎝ Span⎠
3051H/3051L
All Ranges ±0.075% of span
± 0.025 + 0.005 ⎛ --------------

URL ⎞ % of Span
⎝ Span-⎠
(1) For FOUNDATION fieldbus transmitters, use calibrated range in place of span. For zero based spans, reference conditions, silicone oil fill, SST materials,
Coplanar flange (3051C) or 1/2 in. - 18 NPT (3051T) process connections, digital trim values set to equal range points.
Pressure-4
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
Total Performance
For ±50 °F (28 °C) temperature changes, up to 1000 psi (6,9 MPa) line pressure (CD only), from 1:1 to 5:1 rangedown.
Models Total Performance
3051C
Ranges 2-5 ±0.15% of span
3051T
Ranges 1-4 ±0.15% of span
Long Term Stability

Models Long Term Stability
3051C
Ranges 2-5 ±0.125% of URL for 5 years
±50 °F (28 °C) temperature changes, and up to 1000 psi (6,9 MPa) line pressure.
3051CD Low/Draft Range
Ranges 0-1 ±0.2% of URL for 1 year
3051T
Ranges 1-4 ±0.125% of URL for 5 years
±50 °F (28 °C) temperature changes, and up to 1000 psi (6,9 MPa) line pressure.
Rosemount 3051H
Dynamic Performance
4 - 20 mA Fieldbus
(HART protocol)(1) protocol(3) Typical HART Transmitter Response Time
Total Response Time (Td + Tc)(2):
3051C, Ranges 2-5: 100 ms 152 ms
Range 1: 255 ms 307 ms
Range 0: 700 ms 752 ms Transmitter Output vs. Time
3051T: 100 ms 152 ms Pressure Released
3051H/L: Consult factory Consult factory
Td = Dead Time
Dead Time (Td) 45 ms (nominal) 97 ms Td Tc
Tc = Time Constant
Update Rate 22 times per second 22 times per second 100%
Response Time = Td +Tc
(1) Dead time and update rate apply to all models and ranges; analog output only
(2) Nominal total response time at 75 °F (24 °C) reference conditions. 36.8%
63.2% of Total
Step Change
(3) Transmitter fieldbus output only, segment macro-cycle not included.
0%
Time
Line Pressure Effect per 1000 psi (6,9 MPa)

For line pressures above 2000 psi (13,7 MPa) and Ranges 4-5, see user manual (Rosemount publication number 00809-0100-4001).
Models Line Pressure Effect
3051CD Zero Error(1)
Range 0 ±0.125% of URL/100 psi (6,89 bar)
Range 1 ±0.25% of URL/1000 psi (68,9 bar)
Ranges 2-3 ±0.05% of URL/1000 psi (68,9 bar) for line pressures from 0 to 2000 psi (0 to 13,7 MPa)
Span Error
Range 0 ±0.15% of reading/100 psi (6,89 bar)
Range 1 ±0.4% of reading/1000 psi (68,9 bar)
Ranges 2-3 ±0.1% of reading/1000 psi (68,9 bar)
3051HD Zero Error(1)
All Ranges ±0.1% of URL/1000 psi (68,9 bar) for line pressures from 0 to 2000 psi (0 to 13,7 MPa)
Span Error
All Ranges ±0.1% of reading/1000 psi (68,9 bar)
(1) Can be calibrated out at line pressure.
Pressure-5
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
Ambient Temperature Effect per 50°F (28°C)

Models Ambient Temperature Effect
3051CD/CG
Range 0 ±(0.25% URL + 0.05% span)
Range 1 ±(0.1% URL + 0.25% span)
Ranges 2-5 ±(0.0125% URL + 0.0625% span) from 1:1 to 5:1
±(0.025% URL + 0.125% span) from 5:1 to 100:1
3051T
Range 1 ±(0.025% URL + 0.125% span) from 1:1 to 10:1
±(0.05% URL + 0.125% span) from 10:1 to 100:1
Range 2-4 ±(0.025% URL + 0.125% span) from 1:1 to 30:1
±(0.035% URL + 0.125% span) from 30:1 to 100:1
Range 5 ±(0.1% URL + 0.15% span)
3051CA
All Ranges ±(0.025% URL + 0.125% span) from 1:1 to 30:1
±(0.035% URL + 0.125% span) from 30:1 to 100:1
3051H
All Ranges ±(0.025% URL + 0.125% span + 0.35 inH2O) from 1:1 to 30:1
±(0.035% URL + 0.125% span + 0.35 inH2O) from 1:1 to 30:1
3051L See Rosemount Inc. Instrument Toolkit® software.
Mounting Position Effects

Models Mounting Position Effects
3051C Zero shifts up to ±1.25 inH2O (3,11 mbar), which can be calibrated out. No span effect.
3051H Zero shifts up to ±5 inH2O (12,43 mbar), which can be calibrated out. No span effect.
3051L With liquid level diaphragm in vertical plane, zero shift of up to 1 inH2O (2,49 mbar). With diaphragm in
horizontal plane, zero shift of up to 5 inH2O (12,43 mbar) plus extension length on extended units. All zero
shifts can be calibrated out. No span effect.
3051T/CA Zero shifts up to 2.5 inH2O (6,22 mbar), which can be calibrated out. No span effect.
Vibration Effect Transient Protection (Option Code T1)

All Models:
All Models Meets IEEE C62.41, Category B
Measurement effect due to vibrations is negligible except at 6 kV crest (0.5 μs - 100 kHz)
resonance frequencies. When at resonance frequencies, vibration 3 kV crest (8 × 20 microseconds)
effect is less than ±0.1% of URL per g when tested between 15 6 kV crest (1.2 × 50 microseconds)
and 2000 Hz in any axis relative to pipe-mounted process
Meets IEEE C37.90.1, Surge Withstand Capability
conditions.
SWC 2.5 kV crest, 1.25 MHz wave form
Power Supply Effect General Specifications:
Response Time: < 1 nanosecond
All Models Peak Surge Current: 5000 amps to housing
Less than ±0.005% of calibrated span per volt. Peak Transient Voltage: 100 V dc
Loop Impedance: < 25 ohms
RFI Effects Applicable Standards: IEC61000-4-4,
IEC61000-4-5
All Models
NOTE:
±0.1% of span from 20 to 1000 MHz and for field strength up to 30 Calibrations at 68 °F (20 °C) per ASME Z210.1 (ANSI)
V/m.
Pressure-6
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Range and Sensor Limits
TABLE 1. 3051CD, 3051CG, 3051L, and 3051H Range and Sensor Limits
Minimum Span Range and Sensor Limits
Range
Lower (LRL)
3051CD(1), Upper 3051C 3051C/ 3051L 3051L 3051H 3051H
CG, L, H (URL) Differential Gage Differential Gage Differential Gage
0 0.1 inH2O 3.0 inH2O –3.0 inH2O NA NA NA NA NA
(0,25 mbar) (7,47 mbar) (-7,47 mbar)
1 0.5 inH2O 25 inH2O –25 inH2O –25 inH2O NA NA NA NA
(1,2 mbar) (62,3 mbar) (–62,1 mbar) (–62,1 mbar)
2 2.5 inH2O 250 inH2O –250 inH2O –250 inH2O –250 inH2O –250 inH2O –250 inH2O –250 inH2O
(6,2 mbar) (0,62 bar) (–0,62 bar) (–0,62 bar) (–0,62 bar) (–0,62 bar) (–0,62 bar) (–0,62 bar)
3 10 inH2O 1000 inH2O –1000 inH2O 0.5 psia –1000 inH2O 0.5 psia –1000 inH2O 0.5 psia
(24,9 mbar) (2,49 bar) (–2,49 bar) (34,5 mbar abs) (–2,49 bar) (34,5 mbar abs) (–2,49 bar) (34,5 mbar abs)
4 3 psi 300 psi –300 psi 0.5 psia –300 psi 0.5 psia –300 psi 0.5 psia
(0,20 bar) (20,6 bar) (–20,6 bar) (34,5 mbar abs) (–20,6 bar) (34,5 mbar abs) (–20,6 bar) (34,5 mbar abs)
5 20 psi 2000 psi – 2000 psi 0.5 psia NA NA – 2000 psi 0.5 psia
(1,38 bar) (137,9 bar) (–137,9 bar) (34,5 mbar abs) (–137,9 bar) (34,5 mbar abs)
(1) Range 0 only available with 3051CD. Range 1 only available with 3051CD or 3051CG.
TABLE 2. Range and Sensor Limits

3051CA 3051T
Range
Range and Sensor Limits Range and Sensor Limits

Range
Minimum Upper Lower Minimum Upper Lower Lower(1)

Span (URL) (LRL) Span (URL) (LRL) (LRL) (Gage)
1 0.3 psia 30 psia 0 psia 1 0.3 psi 30 psi 0 psia –14.7 psig
(20,6 mbar) (2,07 bar) (0 bar) (20,6 mbar) (2,07 bar) (0 bar) (–1,01 bar)
2 1.5 psia 150 psia 0 psia 2 1.5 psi 150 psi 0 psia –14.7 psig
(0,103 bar) (10,3 bar) (0 bar) (0,103 bar) (10,3 bar) (0 bar) (–1,01 bar)
3 8 psia 800 psia 0 psia 3 8 psi 800 psi 0 psia –14.7 psig
4 40 psia 4000 psia 0 psia 4 40 psi 4000 psi 0 psia –14.7 psig
5 2000 psi 10000 psi 0 psia –14.7 psig
(137,9 bar) (689,4 bar) (0 bar) (–1,01 bar)
(1) Assumes atmospheric pressure of 14.7 psig.
Pressure-7
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
Zero and Span Adjustment Requirements FOUNDATION fieldbus Parameters

(HART and Low Power) Schedule Entries 7 (max.)
Zero and span values can be set anywhere within the range limits Links 20 (max.)
stated in Table 1 and Table 2. Virtual Communications Relationships (VCR) 12 (max.)
Span must be greater than or equal to the minimum span stated in
Standard Function Blocks
Table 1 and Table 2.
Resource Block
Service Contains hardware, electronics, and diagnostic information.
Liquid, gas, and vapor applications Transducer Block
Contains actual sensor measurement data including the sensor
4–20 mA (Output Code A) diagnostics and the ability to trim the pressure sensor or recall
Output factory defaults.
Two-wire 4–20 mA, user-selectable for linear or square root LCD Block
output. Digital process variable superimposed on 4–20 mA
Configures the local display.
signal, available to any host that conforms to the HART protocol.
Power Supply 2 Analog Input Blocks
External power supply required. Standard transmitter (4–20 mA) Processes the measurements for input into other function
operates on 10.5 to 55 V dc with no load. blocks. The output value is in engineering units or custom and
contains a status indicating measurement quality.
Load Limitations
Maximum loop resistance is determined by the voltage level of PID Block
the external power supply, as described by: Contains all logic to perform PID control in the field including
cascade and feedforward.
Max. Loop Resistance = 43.5 (Power Supply Voltage – 10.5)
Backup Link Active Scheduler (LAS)
The transmitter can function as a Link Active Scheduler if the
current link master device fails or is removed from the segment.
Load (Ohms)
Advanced Control Function Block Suite (Option Code A01)

Input Selector Block
Operating Selects between inputs and generates an output using specific
Region selection strategies such as minimum, maximum, midpoint,
average or first “good.”
Arithmetic Block
Provides pre-defined application-based equations including flow
Voltage (V dc) with partial density compensation, electronic remote seals,
Communication requires a minimum hydrostatic tank gauging, ratio control and others.
loop resistance of 250 ohms. Signal Characterizer Block
(1) For CSA approval, power supply must not exceed 42.4 V. Characterizes or approximates any function that defines an
input/output relationship by configuring up to twenty X, Y
coordinates. The block interpolates an output value for a given
FOUNDATION fieldbus (output code F) and input value using the curve defined by the configured
Profibus (output code W) coordinates.
Power Supply Integrator Block
External power supply required; transmitters operate on 9.0 to Compares the integrated or accumulated value from one or two
32.0 V dc transmitter terminal voltage. variables to pre-trip and trip limits and generates discrete output
Current Draw signals when the limits are reached. This block is useful for
17.5 mA for all configurations (including LCD display option) calculating total flow, total mass, or volume over time.
FOUNDATION fieldbus Function Block Execution Times

FOUNDATION fieldbus Diagnostics Suite (Option Code D01)
Block Execution Time
The 3051C FOUNDATION fieldbus Diagnostics provide Abnormal
Resource - Situation Prevention (ASP) indictation. The integral statistical
Transducer - process monitoring (SPM) technology calculates the mean and
LCD Block - standard deviation of the process variable 22 times per second.
Analog Input 1, 2 30 milliseconds The 3051C ASP algorithm uses these values and highly flexible
PID 45 milliseconds configuration options for customization to many user-defined or
application specific abnormal situations. The detection of
Input Selector 30 milliseconds
plugged impulse lines is the first available predefined
Arithmetic 35 milliseconds application.
Signal Characterizer 40 milliseconds
Integrator 35 milliseconds
Pressure-8
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
Low Power (Output Code M) Static Pressure Limit

Rosemount 3051CD Only
Output Operates within specifications between static line pressures of
Three wire 1–5 V dc or 0.8–3.2 V dc (Option Code C2) 0.5 psia and 3626 psig (4500 psig (310, 3 bar) for
user-selectable output. Also user selectable for linear or square Option Code P9).
root output configuration. Digital process variable superimposed Range 0: 0.5 psia and 750 psig (3, 4 bar and 51, 7 bar)
on voltage signal, available to any host conforming to the HART Range 1: 0.5 psia and 2000 psig (3, 4 bar and 137, 9 bar)
protocol. Low-power transmitter operates on 6–12 V dc with no
load. Burst Pressure Limits
Burst pressure on Coplanar, traditional, or 3051H process flange is
Power Consumption 10000 psig (69 MPa).
3.0 mA, 18–36 mW
Burst pressure for the 3051T is
Ranges 1–4: 11000 psi (75,8 MPa)
Minimum Load Impedance
Range 5: 26000 psig (179 MPa)
100 kΩ (Vout wiring)
Failure Mode Alarm
Indication
Output Code A
Optional 5-digit LCD display
If self-diagnostics detect a gross transmitter failure, the analog
Overpressure Limits signal will be driven either below 3.75 mA or to 21.75 mA to alert
the user. NAMUR-compliant values are available, option code
Rosemount 3051CD/CG
C4. High or low alarm signal is user-selectable by internal
• Range 0: 750 psi (51,7 bar) jumper.
• Range 1: 2000 psig (137,9 bar) Output Code M
• Ranges 2–5: 3626 psig (250 bar) If self-diagnostics detect a gross transmitter failure, the analog
4500 psig (310,3 bar) for option code P9 signal will be driven either below 0.94 V or above 5.4 V to alert
Rosemount 3051CA the user (below 0.75 V or above 4.4 V for Option C2). High or
• Range 1: 750 psia (51,7 bar) low alarm signal is user-selectable by internal jumper.
• Range 2: 1500 psia (103,4 bar) Output Code F and W
• Range 3: 1600 psia (110,3 bar) If self-diagnostics detect a gross transmitter failure, that
information gets passed as a status along with the process
• Range 4: 6000 psia (413,7 bar)
variable.
Rosemount 3051H
• All Ranges: 3626 psig (25 MPa) Temperature Limits
Rosemount 3051TG/TA Ambient
• Range 1: 750 psi (51,7 bar) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C)
• Range 2: 1500 psi (103,4 bar) With LCD display(1): –4 to 175 °F (–20 to 80 °C)
• Range 3: 1600 psi (110,3 bar) Storage
• Range 4: 6000 psi (413,7 bar) –50 to 230 °F (–46 to 110 °C)
• Range 5: 15000 psi (1034,2 bar) With LCD display: –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C)
For 3051L or Level Flange Option Codes FA, FB, FC, FD, FP, and Process
FQ, limit is 0 psia to the flange rating or sensor rating, whichever is At atmospheric pressures and above. See Table 4
lower.
(1) LCD display may not be readable and LCD updates will be slower
TABLE 3. 3051L and Level Flange Rating Limits at temperatures below -4 °F (-20 °C).
Standard Type CS Rating SST Rating
ANSI/ASME Class 150 285 psig 275 psig
At 100 °F (38 °C), the rating decreases with
increasing temperature.
DIN PN 10–40 40 bar 40 bar
DIN PN 10/16 16 bar 16 bar
DIN PN 25/40 40 bar 40 bar
At 248 °F (120 °C), the rating decreases
with increasing temperature.
Pressure-9
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE 4. 3051 Process Temperature Limits
3051CD, 3051CG, 3051CA Electrical Connections
1
Silicone Fill Sensor (1) /2–14 NPT, PG 13.5, G1/2, and M20 × 1.5 (CM20) conduit. HART
with Coplanar Flange –40 to 250 °F (–40 to 121 °C)(2) interface connections fixed to terminal block.
with Traditional Flange –40 to 300 °F (–40 to 149 °C)(2)(3)
Process Connections
with Level Flange –40 to 300 °F (–40 to 149 °C)(2)
with 305 Integral Manifold –40 to 300 °F (–40 to 149 °C)(2) All Models except 3051L and 3051T
1
Inert Fill Sensor(1)
0 to 185 °F (–18 to 85 °C)(4)(5) /4–18 NPT on 21/8-in. centers
1/2–14 NPT on 2-, 21/8-, or 21/4-in. centers
3051H (Process Fill Fluid)
® (1) Rosemount 3051L
D.C. Silicone 200 –40 to 375 °F (–40 to 191 °C)
Inert(1) –50 to 350 °F (–45 to 177 °C) High pressure side: 2-, 3-, or 4-in., ASME B 16.5 (ANSI) Class
Neobee M-20®(1) 0 to 375 °F (–18 to 191 °C) 150, 300 or 600 flange; 50, 80 or 100 mm, PN 40 or 10/16 flange
3051T (Process Fill Fluid) Low pressure side: 1/4–18 NPT on flange 1/2–14 NPT on adapter
Silicone Fill Sensor(1) –40 to 250 °F (–40 to 121 °C)(2) Rosemount 3051T
Inert Fill Sensor(1) –22 to 250 °F (–30 to 121 °C)(2) 1
/2–14 NPT female. A DIN 16288 Male (available in SST for
3051L Low-Side Range 1–4 transmitters only), or Autoclave type F-250-C
Temperature Limits (Pressure relieved 9/16–18 gland thread; 1/4 OD high pressure
Silicone Fill Sensor(1) –40 to 250 °F (–40 to 121 °C)(2) tube 60° cone; available in SST for Range 5 transmitters only).
Inert Fill Sensor(1) 0 to 185 °F (–18 to 85 °C) (2)
Process-Wetted Parts
3051L High-Side Temperature Limits (Process Fill Fluid)
Drain/Vent Valves
Syltherm® XLT –100 to 300 °F (–73 to 149 °C)
316 SST, Hastelloy C276, or Monel material (Monel not
D.C. Silicone 704® 32 to 400 °F (0 to 205 °C)
available with 3051L or 3051H)
D.C. Silicone 200 –40 to 400 °F (–40 to 205 °C)
Inert –50 to 350 °F (–45 to 177 °C) Process Flanges and Adapters
Glycerin and Water 0 to 200 °F (–18 to 93 °C) Plated carbon steel, SST cast CF-8M (cast version of 316 SST,
Neobee M-20 0 to 400 °F (–18 to 205 °C) material per ASTM-A743), C-Type cast alloy CW12MW, or
Propylene Glycol and Water 0 to 200 °F (–18 to 93 °C) Monel cast alloy M30C
Wetted O-rings
(1) Process temperatures above 185 °F (85 °C) require derating the
ambient limits by a 1.5:1 ratio (0.6:1 ratio for the 3051H). Glass-filled PTFE or Graphite-filled PTFE
Process Isolating Diaphragms
(2) 220 °F (104 °C) limit in vacuum service; 130 °F (54 °C) for
pressures below 0.5 psia.
(3) 3051CD0 process temperature limits are –40 to 212 °F 3051CD/CG
3051CA
(–45 to 100 °C)
3051H
3051T
(4) 160 °F (71 °C) limit in vacuum service.
Isolating Diaphragm Material
(5) Not available for 3051CA.
316L SST • • • •
Humidity Limits Hastelloy C276 • • • •
0–100% relative humidity Monel • •
Tantalum • •
Turn-On Time Gold-plated Monel • •
Performance within specifications less than 2.0 seconds (10.0 s Gold-plated SST • •
for Profibus protocol) after power is applied to the transmitter
Volumetric Displacement
Less than 0.005 in3 (0,08 cm3)
Damping
Analog output response to a step input change is user-selectable
from 0 to 36 seconds for one time constant. This software damping
is in addition to sensor module response time.
Pressure-10
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
Rosemount 3051L Process Wetted Parts
Flanged Process Connection (Transmitter High Side)
Process Diaphragms, Including Process Gasket Surface
• 316L SST, Hastelloy C276, or Tantalum
Extension
• CF-3M (Cast version of 316L SST, material per ASTM-A743),
or Hastelloy C276. Fits schedule 40 and 80 pipe.
Mounting Flange
• Zinc-cobalt plated CS or SST
Reference Process Connection (Transmitter Low Side)
Isolating Diaphragms
• 316L SST or Hastelloy C276
Reference Flange and Adapter
• CF-8M (Cast version of 316 SST, material per ASTM-A743)
Non-Wetted Parts
Electronics Housing
Low-copper aluminum or CF-3M (Cast version of 316L SST,
material per ASTM-A743). NEMA 4X, IP 65, IP 66
Coplanar Sensor Module Housing
CF-3M (Cast version of 316L SST, material per ASTM-A743)
Bolts
ASTM A449, Type 1 (zinc-cobalt plated carbon steel)
ASTM F593G, Condition CW1 (Austenitic 316 SST)
ASTM A193, Grade B7M (zinc plated alloy steel)
Monel K-500
Sensor Module Fill Fluid
Silicone oil (D.C. 200) or Fluorocarbon oil (Halocarbon or
Fluorinert® FC-43 for 3051T)
Process Fill Fluid (3051L and 3051H only)
3051L: Syltherm XLT, D.C. Silicone 704,
D.C. Silicone 200, inert, glycerin and water, Neobee M-20 or
propylene glycol and water
3051H: inert, Neobee M-20, or D.C. Silicone 200
Paint
Polyurethane
Cover O-rings
Buna-N
Shipping Weights
Refer to “Shipping Weights” on page 38
Pressure-11
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
Product Certifications
Approved Manufacturing Locations HART PROTOCOL
Rosemount Inc. — Chanhassen, Minnesota USA
Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. — Wessling, Hazardous Locations Certifications
Germany
Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific North American Certifications
Private Limited — Singapore
Beijing Rosemount Far East Instrument Co., LTD — Beijing, China FM Approvals
E5 Explosion-Proof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, and D.
European Directive Information Dust-Ignition-Proof for Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and
The EC declaration of conformity for all applicable European G. Dust-Ignition-Proof for Class III, Division 1.
directives for this product can be found on the Rosemount website Factory Sealed, Enclosure Type 4X
at www.rosemount.com. A hard copy may be obtained by
contacting an Emerson Process Management representative. I5 Intrinsically Safe for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B,
C, and D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G; Class III,
ATEX Directive (94/9/EC) Division 1 when connected per Rosemount drawing
All 3051 transmitters comply with the ATEX Directive. 03031-1019; Non-incendive for Class I, Division 2, Groups
A, B, C, and D.
European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) (97/23/EC) Temperature Code:T4 (Ta = 40 °C), T3 (Ta = 85 °C),
3051CA4; 3051CG2, 3, 4, 5; 3051CD2, 3, 4, 5 Enclosure Type 4X
(also with P9 option); 3051HD2, 3, 4, 5; 3051HG2, 3, 4, 5; For input parameters see control drawing 03031-1019.
3051PD2, 3; and 3051PG2, 3, 4, 5 Pressure Transmitters
— QS Certificate of Assessment - EC No. PED-H-100 Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
Module H Conformity Assessment
All other 3051/3001 Pressure Transmitters Dust-Ignition-Proof for Class II and Class III, Division 1,
— Sound Engineering Practice Groups E, F, and G. Suitable for Class I, Division 2 Groups
A, B, C, and D for indoor and outdoor hazardous locations.
Transmitter Attachments: Diaphragm Seal - Process Enclosure type 4X, factory sealed
Flange - Manifold C6 Explosion-Proof and intrinsically safe approval. Intrinsically
— Sound Engineering Practice safe for Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, and D when
connected in accordance with Rosemount drawings
Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) (2004/108/EC) 03031-1024. Temperature Code T3C.
All 3051 Pressure Transmitters meet all of the requirements of Explosion-Proof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, and D.
EN61326: 1997 - A1, A2, and A3 and NAMUR NE-21 Dust-Ignition-Proof for Class II and Class III, Division 1,
Groups E, F, and G. Suitable for Class I, Division 2 Groups
Ordinary Location Certification for Factory Mutual A, B, C, and D hazardous locations. Enclosure type 4X,
As standard, the transmitter has been examined and tested to factory sealed
determine that the design meets basic electrical, mechanical, For input parameters see control drawing 03031-1024.
and fire protection requirements by FM, a nationally recognized
testing laboratory (NRTL) as accredited by the Federal
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
Pressure-12
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
European Certifications Japanese Certifications
I1 ATEX Intrinsic Safety and Dust E4 TIIS Flame-Proof
Certification No.: BAS 97ATEX1089X II 1 GD Ex d IIC T6
EEx ia IIC T4 (–60 ≤ Ta ≤ +70 °C)
Certificate Description
Dust Rating: T80 °C (–20 ≤ Ta ≤ 40 °C) IP66
1180 C15850 3051C/D/1 4–20 mA HART
— no display
TABLE 5. Input Parameters C15851 3051C/D/1 4–20 mA HART
— with display
Ui = 30V
C15854 3051T/G/1 4–20 mA HART, SST, Silicon
Ii = 200 mA
— no display
Pi = 0.9W C15855 3051T/G/1 4–20 mA HART, Hastelloy C276,
Ci = 0.012 µF Silicon — no display
C15856 3051T/G/1 4–20 mA HART, SST, Silicon
Special Conditions for Safe Use (X):
— with display
When the optional transient protection terminal block is
C15857 3051T/G/1 4–20 mA HART, Hastelloy C276,
installed, the apparatus is not capable of withstanding the
Silicon — with display
500V insulation test required by Clause 6.4.12 of
EN50020:1994. This must be taken into account when I4 TIIS Intrinsic Safety
installing the apparatus. Ex ia IIC T4
N1 ATEX Type n and Dust Certificate Description
Certification No.: BAS 00ATEX3105X II 3 GD C16406 3051CD/CG
Ui = 55 Vdc max
EEx nL T5 (–40°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 70 °C) Australian Certifications
Dust rating: T80 °C (–20 ≤ Ta ≤ 40 °C) IP66
I7 SAA Intrinsic Safety
Certification No.: AUS Ex 1249X
Special Conditions for Safe Use (X): Ex ia IIC T4 (Tamb = 70 °C)
When the optional transient protection terminal block is IP66
installed, the apparatus is not capable of withstanding a When connected per Rosemount drawing 03031-1026
500V r.m.s. test to case. This must be taken into account on
TABLE 6. Input Parameters
any installation in which it is used, for example by assuring
that the supply to the apparatus is galvanically isolated. Ui = 30V
Ii = 200 mA
E8 ATEX Flame-Proof and Dust Ii = 160 mA (output code A with T1)
Certification No.: KEMA 00ATEX2013X II 1/2 GD Pi = 0.9W
EEx d IIC T6 (–50 ≤ Ta ≤ 65 °C)
Ci = 0.01 µF
Dust rating T90 °C, IP66
1180 Ci = 0.042 µF (output code M)
Vmax = 55 V dc Li = 10 µH
Li = 1.05 mH (output code A with T1)
Li = 0.75 mH (output code M with T1)
This device contains a thin wall diaphragm. Installation,
maintenance, and use shall take into account the Special Conditions for Safe Use (X):
environmental conditions to which the diaphragm will be The apparatus may only be used with a passive current
subjected. The manufacturer’s instructions for installation limited power source Intrinsic Safety application. The power
and maintenance shall be followed in detail to assure safety source must be such that Po ≤ (Uo * Io) / 4. Modules using
during its expected lifetime. transient protection in the terminal assembly (T1 transient
protection models) the apparatus enclosure is to be
electrically bonded to the protective earth. The conductor
used for the connection shall be equivalent to a copper
conductor of 4 mm2 minimum cross-sectional area.
Pressure-13
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
FIELDBUS PROTOCOL
Hazardous Locations Certifications

North American Certifications IA ATEX FISCO Intrinsic Safety
Certification No.: BAS 98ATEX1355X II 1 G
FM Approvals EEx ia IIC T4 (Tamb = –60 to +60 °C)
IP66
1180
Dust-Ignition-Proof for Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and
G. Dust-Ignition-Proof for Class III, Division 1. TABLE 8. Input Parameters
Ui = 17.5 V
I5 Intrinsically Safe for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B,
Ii = 380 mA
C, and D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G; Class III,
Pi = 5.32 W
Division 1 when connected per Rosemount drawing
03031-1019; Non-incendive for Class I, Division 2, Groups Ci = ≤ 5 µF
A, B, C, and D. Li = ≤ 10 µH
Temperature Code:T4 (Ta = 60 °C), T3 (Ta = 85 °C), Special Conditions for Safe Use (X):
Enclosure Type 4X The device is not capable of withstanding the 500V
For input parameters see control drawing 03031-1019. insulation test required by Clause 6.4.12 of EN50020:1994.
This must be taken into account when installing the
Canadian Standards Association (CSA) apparatus.
E6 Explosion-Proof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, and D. N1 ATEX Type n and Dust
Dust-Ignition-Proof for Class II and Class III, Division 1, Certification No.: BAS 98ATEX3356X II 3 GD
Groups E, F, and G. Suitable for Class I, Division 2 Groups Ui = 40 Vdc max
A, B, C, and D for indoor and outdoor hazardous locations. EEx nL IIC T5 (Ta = –40°C to 70 °C)
Enclosure type 4X, factory sealed Dust rating: T80 °C (Tamb = –20 to 40 °C) IP66
C6 Explosion-Proof and intrinsically safe approval. Intrinsically Special Conditions for Safe Use (X):
safe for Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, and D when The device is not capable of withstanding the 500V
connected in accordance with Rosemount drawings insulation test required by Clause 6.4.12 of EN50020:1994.
03031-1024. Temperature Code T3C. This must be taken into account when installing the
Explosion-Proof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, and D. apparatus.
Dust-Ignition-Proof for Class II and Class III, Division 1,
Groups E, F, and G. Suitable for Class I, Division 2 Groups E8 ATEX Flame-Proof and Dust
A, B, C, and D hazardous locations. Enclosure type 4X, Certification No.: KEMA 00ATEX2013X II 1/2 GD
factory sealed EEx d IIC T6 (Tamb = –50 to 65 °C)
For input parameters see control drawing 03031-1024. Dust rating T90 °C, IP66
1180
European Certifications Vmax = 55 V dc
I1 ATEX Intrinsic Safety and Dust Special Conditions for Safe Use (X):
Certification No.: BAS 98ATEX1355X II 1 GD This device contains a thin wall diaphragm. Installation,
EEx ia IIC T4 (Tamb = –60 to +60 °C) maintenance, and use shall take into account the
Dust Rating: T70 °C (Tamb –20 to 40 °C) IP66 environmental conditions to which the diaphragm will be
1180 subjected. The manufacturer’s instructions for installation
and maintenance shall be followed in detail to assure safety
TABLE 7. Input Parameters during its expected lifetime.
Ui = 30V
Ii = 300 mA
Pi = 1.3 W
Ci = 0 µF

The device is not capable of withstanding the 500V
insulation test required by Clause 6.4.12 of EN50020:1994.
This must be taken into account when installing the
apparatus.
Pressure-15
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
Japanese Certifications E7 SAA Explosion-Proof (Flame-Proof)

E4 TIIS Flame-Proof
Ex d IIC T6 (Tamb = 40 °C)
Ex d IIC T6
DIP A21 T6 (Tamb = 40 °C)
Certificate Description IP66
C15852 3051C/D/1 FOUNDATION Fieldbus
— no display
C15853 3051C/D/1 FOUNDATION Fieldbus It is a condition of safe use for transmitter enclosures having
— with display cable entry thread other than metric conduit thread that the
C15858 3051T/G/1 FOUNDATION Fieldbus, SST, Silicon equipment be utilized with an appropriate certified thread
— no display adaptor.
C15859 3051T/G/1 FOUNDATION Fieldbus, Hastelloy
N7 SAA Type n (Non-sparking)
C276, Silicon — no display
C15860 3051T/G/1 FOUNDATION Fieldbus, SST, Silicon
— with display
Ex n IIC T4 (Tamb = 70 °C)
C15861 3051T/G/1 FOUNDATION Fieldbus, Hastelloy IP66
C276, Silicon — with display Special Conditions for Safe Use (X):
Where the equipment is installed such that there is an
Australian Certifications unused conduit entry, it must be sealed with a suitable
blanking plug to maintain the IP40 degree of protection. Any
I7 SAA Intrinsic Safety
blanking plug used with the equipment shall be of a type
which requires the use of a tool to effect its removal. Voltage
Ex ia IIC T4 (Tamb = 60 °C)
source shall not exceed 35V dc.
IP66
When connected per Rosemount drawing 03031-1026.
Combinations of Certifications
TABLE 9. Input Parameters Stainless steel certification tag is provided when optional approval
Ui = 30 V is specified. Once a device labeled with multiple approval types is
Ii = 300 mA installed, it should not be reinstalled using any other approval
Pi = 1.3 W types. Permanently mark the approval label to distinguish it from
Ci = 0 µF unused approval types.
Li = 0 µH K5 E5 and I5 combination
KB K5 and C6 combination
The apparatus may only be used with a passive current KD K5, C6, I1, and E8 combination
limited power source Intrinsic Safety application. The power K6 C6, I1, and E8 combination
source must be such that Po ≤ (Uo * Io) / 4. Modules using K8 E8 and I1 combination
transient protection in the terminal assembly (T1 transient K7 E7, I7, and N7 combination
protection models) the apparatus enclosure is to be
electrically bonded to the protective earth. The conductor
used for the connection shall be equivalent to a copper
conductor of 4 mm2 minimum cross-sectional area.
Pressure-16
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
Dimensional Drawings
3051 Exploded View
Certification Label
Span and Zero Adjustments(1) (Standard)
Electronics Housing
Terminal Block
Cover O-ring
Cover
Electronics Board
Nameplate
Sensor Module
Housing Rotation Set Screw

(180° Maximum Housing Rotation
without Further Disassembly)
Coplanar Flange
Process O-Ring
Drain/Vent Valve
Flange Adapter O-Ring
Flange Alignment Screw

(Not Pressure Retaining)
Flange Adapters
Flange Bolts
1) Span and Zero Adjustments are not available with fieldbus or profibus protocols.
Pressure-17
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
3051C Coplanar Flange Dimensional Drawing

(Differential Pressure Transmitter Shown)
5.0 (127) 1/2–14 NPT Certification
4.3 (110) Conduit Connection
Conduit 4.1 Label
(Two Places,
Connection
Other (105)
0.75 (20) Clearance (Two
Sizes
Places,
Available)
Other
0.75 (20) Clearance
for Cover Removal
for Cover Removal
Transmitter Terminal
Circuitry Connections
7.17.1
(181)
Nameplate (181
8.2 (209)
Drain/Vent Valve Housing Rotation
Set Screw
Coplanar Flange
Process Connection
Per IEC 61518
2.126 (54) ±0.012 in. ¼–18 NPT on Coplanar Flange
6.4 (163) Connection Centers for Pressure Connection without the Use
1 of Flange Adapters
/2–14 NPT on Optional Flange Adapters. Adapters can be rotated
to give connection centers of 2.00 (51), 2.126 (54), or 2.25 (57).
Coplanar Flange Mounting Configurations with

Optional Bracket (B4) for 2-in. Pipe or Panel Mounting
2.8 4.3
5
(72) (110) /16 ⫻ 11/2 Bolts
2.8 (71) for Panel Mounting
(Not Supplied)
PANEL MOUNTING
7.1
(181)
3
/8–16 × 11/4 Bolts
for Mounting
to Transmitter
6.2
(156) 2.8 1.1 (28)
(71) 3.4 (85)
4.8
(120)
2-inch U-Bolt
for Pipe Mounting
PIPE MOUNTING
3.3
6.0 (152) (83)
Dimensions are in inches (millimeters)
Pressure-18
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
Traditional Flange Mounting Configurations with

Optional Brackets for 2-in. Pipe or Panel Mounting
Traditional Flange Panel Mounting Bracket (option B2/B8) Traditional Flange 2-in. Pipe Mounting Bracket (option B1/B7/BA)
10.1 (257) 4.2 (106)

Impulse Piping
2.7
(67)
1.1 (28)
3.8 (95)
5
/16 x 7/8 Bolts for Panel
Mounting (Not Supplied) 9.6
(243)
6.2 (158) 2.7 (67)
2.81(71)
PANEL MOUNTING 1.4 (33)

BRACKET PIPE MOUNTING
BRACKET 4.6 (116)
Traditional Flange (Options H2–H7) Dimensional Drawing
5.0 1
/2–14 NPT
(127) Conduit
4.3 Connection Certification
4.1
(110) (Two Places Label
(105)
Other Sizes
0.75 (20) Available)
Clearance for
Cover Removal
Housing
Terminal Transmitter Rotation
Connections Circuitry Set Screw
7.9 (202)
Nameplate
1
/2–14 NPT on
1 Optional
/4–18 NPT on
Traditional Flange for Flange Drain/
1.7 (43) Adapters. Vent
Pressure Connection
Without the Use of Adaptors Can Valve
Flange Adapters. Be Rotated to
Connection Per IEC Give 1.1 3.4 1.1
2.126 Connection
61518 2.126 (54) (54) (28) (87) (28)
±0.12 in. Connection Centers of 2.00
Centers (51), 2.126 (54),
or 2.25 (57).
Pressure-19
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
3051T Dimensional Drawings

1
/2–14 NPT
5.0 (127) Conduit Certification
Connection (Two Label
4.3 (110) Places, Other 4.1 (105)

Sizes Available)
0.75 (20)
0.75 (20)
Clearance
Clearance for
for Cover
Cover Removal
Removal
Transmitter
Circuitry
Terminal
Connections 7.2
Nameplate (183)
Housing
Rotation
Set Screw
3051T Typical Mounting Configurations with Optional Mounting Bracket

Pipe Mounting Panel Mounting
2.9 4.3
(72) (110)
5.1
(130)
2
(50)
6.2
(156)
2.8 (71)
6.3
(160)
3.5
(90)
4.8 (120)
6.9 (175)
Pressure-20
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
3051H Pressure Transmitter Exploded View and Dimensional Drawings
Secondary
Filled System
Sensor Module
High Side Process Flange
Process Isolating Diaphragm
Low Side Process Flange
Drain/Vent Valve
Flange Bolts
1/2–14 NPT
5.0 (127) 4.1 (105) Certification
Conduit Connection
(Two Places, Other Label
4.3 (110) Sizes Available)
0.75 (19) Clearance 0.75 (19)

for Cover Removal Clearance for
Cover Removal
Transmitter 9.0
Terminal (228)
Circuitry Connections Housing Rotation
Nameplate Set Screw
10.8
(275)
Drain/Vent
Valve
1.2 3.4 1.1

(30) (86) (28)
1/2–14NPT on Optional Mounting Adapters.
1 Adapters Can Be Rotated
/2–18 NPT on Process Flange for Pressure Connection
Without the Use of Mounting Adapters to Give Adapter Connection Centers of 2.00 (51),
2.126 (54), or 2.25 (57).
Pressure-21
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
3051H Mounting Brackets for 2-in. Pipe and Panel Mount (Option Code B5/B6)
Impulse Piping
PIPE MOUNTING CONFIGURATION
2.7
(67)
0.7 (16)
4.4 (109)
Impulse Piping
PANEL MOUNTING CONFIGURATION
Attaching Bracket to Transmitter

7
/16–20⫻3/4 Bolts Supplied for
2.7
(67)
Pressure-22
Product Data Sheet
00813-0100-4001, Rev HA
3051L Dimensional Drawings

2-in. Flange Configuring (Flush Mount Only) 3- and 4-in. Flange Configuration
4.1 (104)
4.1 (104)
Housing
Rotation
Set
Screw
E D
A
A
Extension H
H 2, 4, or 6 (51, 102, or 152)
Optional Flushing Connection Ring

(Lower Housing) 5.0
(127)
4.3
G (109)
F
E
6.6
(168)
8.2
Flushing Connection 7.0
(209)
(179)
Diaphragm Assembly and
Mounting Flange
B C
Pressure-23
É ß Ì Ô Ñ É
Ñ² -¬±½µ ½¸¿®¬ «²·¬-æ

{ Í¿³» ¼¿§ ±² ³±-¬ ¸»¿¬»®-
Ì«¾«´¿® ¿²¼ { ïð ©±®µ·²¹ ¼¿§- ±² -°»½·¿´ ª±´¬¿¹»-
Ð®±½»-- ß--»³¾´·»- ¿²¼ñ±® ©¿¬¬¿¹»-

{ ïë ©±®µ·²¹ ¼¿§- ±² -°»½·¿´ »´»³»²¬ ´»²¹¬¸-
Í½®»© Ð´«¹
×³³»®-·±² Ø»¿¬»®-
ÒÐÌ
Í½®»© °´«¹ ·³³»®-·±² ¸»¿¬»®- ¿®» Ð·°»
Ì¸®»¿¼
·¼»¿´ º±® ¼·®»½¬ ·³³»®-·±² ¸»¿¬·²¹ ±º Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ
´·¯«·¼-ô ·²½´«¼·²¹ ¿´´ ¬§°»- ±º ±·´- ¿²¼ É»´¼ Ø»¿¬·²¹
Û´»³»²¬
¸»¿¬ ¬®¿²-º»® -±´«¬·±²-ò
ßª¿·´¿¾´» ·² ¿ ª¿®·»¬§ ±º -¬±½µ ¿²¼
³¿¼»ó¬±ó±®¼»® -·¦»-ô É¿¬´±© -½®»©
Ø¿´º
°´«¹ ·³³»®-·±² ¸»¿¬»®- º»¿¬«®» ¾±¬¸ Ý±«°´·²¹
ÉßÌÎÑÜ ®±«²¼ ¿²¼ Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ x º´¿¬
¬«¾«´¿® »´»³»²¬-ò
Ø»¿¬·²¹ »´»³»²¬- ¿®» ¸¿·®°·² ¾»²¬
¿²¼ »·¬¸»® ©»´¼»¼ ±® ¾®¿¦»¼ ·²¬± ¬¸»
-½®»© °´«¹O¼»°»²¼·²¹ ±² »´»³»²¬
-¸»¿¬¸ ¿²¼ °´«¹ ³¿¬»®·¿´
½±³°¿¬·¾·´·¬§ò
Ù»²»®¿´ °«®°±-» øÒÛÓß ï÷ ¬»®³·²¿´
»²½´±-«®»- ¿®» -¬¿²¼¿®¼å ©·¬¸
±°¬·±²¿´ ³±·-¬«®» ®»-·-¬¿²¬
øÒÛÓß ì÷ô »¨°´±-·±² ®»-·-¬¿²¬
øÒÛÓß é÷ ¿²¼ »¨°´±-·±²ñ³±·-¬«®»
®»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß éñì÷ »²½´±-«®»-
¿ª¿·´¿¾´» ¬± ³»»¬ -°»½·º·½
¿°°´·½¿¬·±² ²»»¼-ò
Ñ°¬·±²¿´ ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬- °®±ª·¼»
½±²ª»²·»²¬ °®±½»-- ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»
®»¹«´¿¬·±²ò
ÉßÌÎÑÜ Ø»¿¬·²¹ Û´»³»²¬
Ð»®º±®³¿²½» Ý¿°¿¾·´·¬·»-
{ É¿¬¬ ¼»²-·¬·»- ¬± ïîð Éñ·² î
øïèòê Éñ½³î÷
{ É¿¬¬¿¹»- ¬± íèµÉ Ú»¿¬«®»- ¿²¼ Þ»²»º·¬- { É»´¼·²¹ ±® ¾®¿¦·²¹ ÉßÌÎÑÜ
{ ËÔx ¿²¼ ÝÍß ½±³°±²»²¬ { Í½®»© °´«¹ ¿²¼ »´»³»²¬ -·¦»-æ ¿²¼ Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ »´»³»²¬- ¬± ¬¸»
®»½±¹²·¬·±² ¬± ìèðÊ ø¿½÷ ¿²¼ ïþ ÒÐÌ ðòíïëþ ÉßÌÎÑÜ -½®»© °´«¹ °®±ª·¼»- ¿ °®»--«®»
êððÊ ø¿½÷ ®»-°»½¬·ª»´§ ïïFìþ ÒÐÌ ðòíïëþ ÉßÌÎÑÜ ¬·¹¸¬ -»¿´ò
{ ×²½±´±§x -¸»¿¬¸ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»- ¬± ïþ Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ { ÉßÌÎÑÜ ¸¿·®°·²- ¿®»
Í½®»© Ð´«¹
ïêðð•Ú øèéð•Ý÷ îþ ÒÐÌ ðòìéëþ ÉßÌÎÑÜ ®»°®»--»¼ ø®»½±³°¿½¬»¼÷ ¬±
îïFîþ ÒÐÌ ðòìéëþ ÉßÌÎÑÜ ³¿·²¬¿·² Ó¹Ñ ¼»²-·¬§ô ¼·»´»½¬®·½
{ Ð¿--·ª¿¬»¼ íïê -¬¿·²´»-- -¬»»´ ïþ Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ
-¸»¿¬¸ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»- ¬± ïîðð•Ú -¬®»²¹¬¸ô ¸»¿¬ ¬®¿²-º»® ¿²¼ ´·º»ò
{ ß ª¿®·»¬§ ±º »´»³»²¬ -¸»¿¬¸ ¿²¼ { îïFîþ ÒÐÌ -½®»© °´«¹ ¿--»³¾´·»-
øêëð•Ý÷
-½®»© °´«¹ ³¿¬»®·¿´- ¬± ³»»¬ º»¿¬«®» »´»³»²¬ -«°°±®¬ø-÷ ¬±
{ íðì -¬¿·²´»-- -¬»»´ -¸»¿¬¸ ¿°°´·½¿¬·±² ²»»¼-ò
¬»³°»®¿¬«®»- ¬± ïîðð•Ú øêëð•Ý÷ ¸»´° »²-«®» °®±°»® -°¿½·²¹ º±®
{ ×²¬»¹®¿´ ¬¸»®³±©»´´- °®±ª·¼» ³¿¨·³·¦·²¹ ¸»¿¬»® °»®º±®³¿²½»
{ Í¬»»´ -¸»¿¬¸ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»- ¬± ½±²ª»²·»²¬ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» -»²-±® ¿²¼ ´·º»ò
éëð•Ú øìðð•Ý÷ ·²-»®¬·±² ¿²¼ ®»°´¿½»³»²¬ ©·¬¸±«¬ { Ð¸¿-» ½¿°¿¾·´·¬§æ
{ Ý±°°»® -¸»¿¬¸ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»- ¬± ¼®¿·²·²¹ ¬¸» º´«·¼ ¾»·²¹ ¸»¿¬»¼ò
ïþ ÒÐÌ ïóÐ¸¿-»
íëð•Ú øïéë•Ý÷ { Ì»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®»- ½¿² ¾» ïïFìþô îþô îïFîþ ÒÐÌ ïó ±® íóÐ¸¿-»
®±¬¿¬»¼ ¬± -·³°´·º§ ½±²²»½¬·±² ©·¬¸
{ ËÔx ¿²¼ ÝÍß ½±³°±²»²¬
»¨·-¬·²¹ ½±²¼«·¬-ò
®»½±¹²·¬·±² «²¼»® º·´» ²«³¾»®-
×²½±´±§x ·- ¿ ®»¹·-¬»®»¼ ¬®¿¼»³¿®µ ±º Ûëîçëï ¿²¼ íïíèè ®»-°»½¬·ª»´§ò
Í°»½·¿´ Ó»¬¿´- Ý±®°±®¿¬·±²ò Í»» °¿¹»- îêèóîéï º±® ¼»¬¿·´-ò
ËÔx ·- ¿ ®»¹·-¬»®»¼ ¬®¿¼»³¿®µ ±º
Ë²¼»®©®·¬»®ù- Ô¿¾±®¿¬±®·»-ô ×²½ò íîï
Ì«¾«´¿® ¿²¼
Ð®±½»-- ß--»³¾´·»-
Í½®»© Ð´«¹ ß°°´·½¿¬·±²- { Ø§¼®¿«´·½ ±·´ô ½®«¼»ô ¿-°¸¿´¬
×³³»®-·±² Ø»¿¬»®- { É¿¬»®æ { Ô«¾®·½¿¬·²¹ ±·´- ¿¬ ßÐ× -°»½·º·»¼
Ü»·±²·¦»¼ ©¿¬¬ ¼»²-·¬·»-
Ü»³·²»®¿´·¦»¼ { ß·® ¿²¼ ¹¿- º´±©
Ý´»¿²
{ Ý¿«-¬·½ -±´«¬·±²-
Ð±¬¿¾´»
Ð®±½»-- { Ý¸»³·½¿´ ¾¿¬¸-
{ ×²¼«-¬®·¿´ ©¿¬»® ®·²-» ¬¿²µ- { ß²¬·óº®»»¦» ø¹´§½±´÷ -±´«¬·±²-
{ Ê¿°±® ¼»¹®»¿-»®- { Ð¿®¿ºº·²
Í½®»© Ð´«¹ Ñ®·»²¬¿¬·±² Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ Ø»¿¬·²¹ Û´»³»²¬

Ý±®®»½¬ »´»³»²¬ñ¬¸»®³±©»´´ ïïFìþ ÒÐÌPÑ²» Û´»³»²¬ îïFîþ ÒÐÌPÌ¸®»» Û´»³»²¬-
±®·»²¬¿¬·±² ¿--«®»- °®±°»® °®±½»--
¬»³°»®¿¬«®» -»²-·²¹ò ß ß
Ý±®®»½¬ ¸±®·¦±²¬¿´ ³±«²¬·²¹ ±º

ÉßÌÎÑÜ ¿²¼ Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ -½®»© °´«¹-
·- -¸±©² ¬± ¬¸» ®·¹¸¬ò Ý±®®»½¬ ß ß
±®·»²¬¿¬·±² ¿--«®»- ±°¬·³«³
°»®º±®³¿²½» ¿²¼ ³¿¨·³«³ ¸»¿¬»® Û´»³»²¬ Ì¸»®³±©»´´ Ì¸»®³±©»´´
Û´»³»²¬
´·º»ò ß¼¼·¬·±²¿´ ³±«²¬·²¹ ·²º±®³¿¬·±² Þ«²¼´» Þ«²¼´»
·- °®±ª·¼»¼ ·² ¬¸» ×²-¬¿´´¿¬·±² ¿²¼
Ó¿·²¬»²¿²½» ×²-¬®«½¬·±²-ò Ê·»© ßóß
Ê·»© ßóß
ÉßÌÎÑÜ Ø»¿¬·²¹ Û´»³»²¬

ïþ ÒÐÌPÑ²» Û´»³»²¬ ïïFìþ ú îþ ÒÐÌPÌ©± Û´»³»²¬- îþ ú îïFîþ ÒÐÌPÌ¸®»» Û´»³»²¬-
ß
ß ß
ß
ß ß
Û´»³»²¬
Ì¸»®³±©»´´ Þ«²¼´» Û´»³»²¬
Ì¸»®³±©»´´ Þ«²¼´» Ì¸»®³±©»´´
Û´»³»²¬
Þ«²¼´»
Ê·»© ßóß Ê·»© ßóß
Ê·»© ßóß
Ñ°¬·±²- { Ó±·-¬«®» ®»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß ì÷ ±® ¿ª¿·´¿¾´» ©·¬¸ ±°¬·±²¿´ -·²¹´» ±®

½±®®±-·±² ®»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß ìÈ÷ O ¼±«¾´» °±´» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬
Ì»®³·²¿´ Û²½´±-«®»- ¿ª¿·´¿¾´» ©·¬¸ ±°¬·±²¿´ -·²¹´» ±® Ò±¬»æ Ë²´»-- ±¬¸»®©·-» -¬¿¬»¼ ±²
¼±«¾´» °±´» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ¬¸» ¿½½±³°¿²§·²¹ ·´´«-¬®¿¬·±²-ô
Ù»²»®¿´ °«®°±-» øÒÛÓß ï÷ ¬»®³·²¿´
{ Û¨°´±-·±² ®»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß é÷ ¾±¬¸ ÉßÌÎÑÜ ¿²¼ Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ
»²½´±-«®»-ô ©·¬¸±«¬ ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬-ô ¿®»
½´¿-- ïô ¹®±«°- Ý ¿²¼ Ü -½®»© °´«¹- ¿®» ½»²¬»®»¼ ±² ¬¸»
-¬¿²¼¿®¼ ±² ¿´´ -½®»© °´«¹
·³³»®-·±² ¸»¿¬»®-ò Ì± ³»»¬ -°»½·º·½ »¨°´±-·±² ®»-·-¬¿²¬O¿ª¿·´¿¾´» ¬»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®»ò Ì± ±®¼»®ô ¿¼¼
¿°°´·½¿¬·±² ®»¯«·®»³»²¬-ô É¿¬´±© ©·¬¸ ±°¬·±²¿´ -·²¹´» ±® ¼±«¾´» °±´» ¬¸» -«ºº·¨ ´»¬¬»®ø-÷ ¬± ¬¸» -½®»©
¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ò Ú±® ½´¿-- ïô ¹®±«° Þ °´«¹ ¸»¿¬»®K- ¾¿-» ½±¼» ²«³¾»®ò
±ºº»®- ¬¸» º±´´±©·²¹ ±°¬·±²¿´ ¬»®³·²¿´
»²½´±-«®»-æ »²½´±-«®»-ô ½±²-«´¬ §±«® É¿¬´±© Ì¸·- ·- ¼»°·½¬»¼ ±² ¬¸» Í¬±½µ ¿²¼
®»°®»-»²¬¿¬·ª» ±® ®»º»® ¬± ÝÍß Ñ°¬·±²- ±®¼»®·²¹ »¨¿³°´» ±²
{ Ù»²»®¿´ °«®°±-» øÒÛÓß ï÷ ©·¬¸ °¿¹» ííêò ß´-±ô -°»½·º§ ½´¿-- ¿²¼
-·²¹´» ±® ¼±«¾´» °±´» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ -°»½·º·½¿¬·±²- ±² °¿¹» îéïò
¹®±«°ô ·º ¿°°´·½¿¾´»ò
{ Û¨°´±-·±²ñ³±·-¬«®» ®»-·-¬¿²¬
øÒÛÓß éñì÷ ½±³¾·²¿¬·±²O
íîî
É ß Ì Ô Ñ É
Ì«¾«´¿® ¿²¼
Ð®±½»-- ß--»³¾´·»-
Í½®»© Ð´«¹
×³³»®-·±² Ø»¿¬»®-
Ñ°¬·±²-
Ý±²¬·²«»¼
Ù»²»®¿´ Ð«°±-» øÒÛÓß ï÷
Í·²¹´» Ð±´» Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ Ü±«¾´» Ð±´» Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ Ý¿«¬·±²æ
ß´´ -½®»© °´«¹ -·¦»- ß´´ -½®»© °´«¹ -·¦»- Û¨°´±-·±²ó®»-·-¬¿²¬ ¬»®³·²¿´
ìëñèþ íïíñïêþ ëïñîþ ìþ
»²½´±-«®»- ¿®» ·²¬»²¼»¼ ¬± °®±ª·¼»
øïïé ³³÷ øçé ³³÷ øïìð ³³÷ øïðð ³³÷ »¨°´±-·±² ½±²¬¿·²³»²¬ ·²
¬¸» »´»½¬®·½¿´ ¬»®³·²¿¬·±²ñ©·®·²¹
»²½´±-«®» ±²´§ò Ò± °±®¬·±² ±º ¬¸»
¿--»³¾´§ ±«¬-·¼» ±º ¬¸·- »²½´±-«®»
·- ½±ª»®»¼ «²¼»® ¬¸·- ÒÛÓß ®¿¬·²¹ò
ÒÛÓß ®¿¬·²¹ »ºº»½¬·ª»²»-- ³¿§
¾» ½±³°®±³·-»¼ ¾§ ¿¾«-» ±®
ñ
í ìþÝ±²¼«·¬ Ñ°»²·²¹ ñ
í ìþÝ±²¼«·¬ Ñ°»²·²¹ ³·-¿°°´·½¿¬·±²ò
Ó±·-¬«®» Î»-·-¬¿²¬ ÒÛÓß ì

É·¬¸±«¬ Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ Í·²¹´» Ð±´» Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ Í·²¹´» ±® Ü±«¾´» Ð±´» Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬
ß´´ -½®»© °´«¹ -·¦»- ï þ ú ïïFì þ ÒÐÌPï ÉßÌÎÑÜ Û´»³»²¬ ïïFì þ ÒÐÌPî ÉßÌÎÑÜ Û´»³»²¬-
ïïFì þ ÒÐÌPï Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ Û´»³»²¬
ß´´ î þ ú î ïFî þ ÒÐÌ -½®»© °´«¹-
øï÷ ïòðçíþ êçñïêþ ìïñìþ
ñ
í ìþ øîè ³³÷ Ü·¿ò Ø±´» øïêé ³³÷ øïðè ³³÷
Ý±²¼«·¬
Ñ°»²·²¹
îéñèþ
ïéñïêþ øéí ³³÷ Î»ºò
øíé ³³÷
ìþ îþ êçñïêþ êþ
øïðð ³³÷ øëï ³³÷ ìïñîþ ïëñïêþ øïêé ³³÷ øïëî ³³÷
øïïì ³³÷ îëñèþ øíí ³³÷
ñ
ïí ïêþ øêé ³³÷
øîï ³³÷
îþ
øëð ³³÷ Ò±¬»æ Ì¸» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ·- ²±¬ ½»²¬»®»¼ ±² ¬¸» Ò±¬»æ Ì¸» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ·- ²±¬ ½»²¬»®»¼ ±² ¬¸»
ÉßÌÎÑÜ -½®»© °´«¹ ·³³»®-·±² ¸»¿¬»®ò -½®»© °´«¹ ·³³»®-·±² ¸»¿¬»®ò
Í½®»© Ð´«¹
Û¨°´±-·±²ñÓ±·-¬«®» Î»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß é ±® éñì÷
É·¬¸±«¬ Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ Í·²¹´» ±® Ü±«¾´» Ð±´» Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬
ß´´ ÉßÌÎÑÜ -½®»© °´«¹- ïïFì þ ÒÐÌPï Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ Û´»³»²¬
ß´´ ÉßÌÎÑÜ -½®»© °´«¹-
êïñìþ
øïëç ³³÷ îïñîþ
øêì ³³÷
Ü·¿ò
ííñìþ
øçë ³³÷ îçñïêþ
øêë ³³÷
ëíñìþ
íïíñïêþ øïìê ³³÷
ñ
îï íîþ
øçé ³³÷
íñìþ øïé ³³÷
íïñïêþ
Ý±²¼«·¬ Ñ°»²·²¹ øéè ³³÷ ïíñèþ
ñ
ï ï îþ ìíñèþ øíë ³³÷
Ý±²¼«·¬ Ñ°»²·²¹ øïïï ³³÷
ß´´ ÒÛÓß éñì ®¿¬»¼ ¬»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®»- -«°°´·»¼ ©·¬¸ ¿ ¹¿-µ»¬ º±® ¬¸» ½±ª»®ò
íîí
Ì«¾«´¿® ¿²¼
Ð®±½»-- ß--»³¾´·»-
Í½®»© Ð´«¹
×³³»®-·±² Ø»¿¬»®-
Ñ°¬·±²-
Ý±²¬·²«»¼
Û¨°´±-·±²ñÓ±·-¬«®» Î»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß é ±® éñì÷

É·¬¸±«¬ Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ É·¬¸±«¬ Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ Í·²¹´» ±® Ü±«¾´» Ð±´» Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬
ïïFì þ ÒÐÌPPï Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ »´»³»²¬ îïFî þ ÒÐÌPí Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ »´»³»²¬- îïFî þ ÒÐÌPí Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ »´»³»²¬-
ìíñìþ ëþ êíñèþ
øïîï ³³÷ îïñîþ øïîé ³³÷ íïñîþ øïêî ³³÷ íïñîþ
øêì ³³÷ øèç ³³÷ øèç ³³÷
ÑòÜò ÑòÜò ÑòÜò
ííñìþ ìïñîþ ëíñìþ

îçñïêþ íïñèþ íïíñïêþ øïìê ³³÷
øçë ³³÷ øïïì ³³÷
øêë ³³÷ øéç ³³÷ øçé ³³÷
îïñíîþ
ïëñíîþ ïíñèþ
ñ Ý±²¼«·¬
í ìþ íïñïêþ øïé ³³÷ ïïñìþ íëñïêþ øîç ³³÷ ïïñîþ ìíñèþ øíë ³³÷
Ñ°»²·²¹ øéé ³³÷ Ý±²¼«·¬ Ñ°»²·²¹ øèì ³³÷ Ý±²¼«·¬ Ñ°»²·²¹ øïïï ³³÷
ß´´ ÒÛÓß éñì ®¿¬»¼ ¬»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®»- -«°°´·»¼ ©·¬¸ ¿ ¹¿-µ»¬ º±® ¬¸» ½±ª»®ò
ÝÍß Ý»®¬·º·»¼ Û²½´±-«®»-

ÝÍß ½»®¬·º·»¼ ³±·-¬«®» ¿²¼ñ±® ÝÍß º·´» ²«³¾»® êïéðéô ¿®» Ì± ±®¼»®ô -°»½·º§ ÝÍß ½»®¬·º·»¼
»¨°´±-·±² ®»-·-¬¿²¬ ¬»®³·²¿´ ¿ª¿·´¿¾´» ±² ¿´´ ÉßÌÎÑÜ ¿²¼ »²½´±-«®»ô °®±½»-- ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»
»²½´±-«®»- °®±¬»½¬ ©·®·²¹ ·² Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ -½®»© °´«¹ ·³³»®-·±² ø•Ú÷ô ³¿¨·³«³ ©±®µ·²¹ °®»--«®» ±º
¸¿¦¿®¼±«- ¹¿- »²ª·®±²³»²¬-ò Ì¸»-» ¸»¿¬»®-ò Ú±® ¿¼¼·¬·±²¿´ ·²º±®³¿¬·±²ô ¿°°´·½¿¬·±² ø°-·¹÷ô ³»¼·¿ ¾»·²¹
¬»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®»-ô ½±ª»®»¼ «²¼»® ½±²-«´¬ §±«® É¿¬´±© ®»°®»-»²¬¿¬·ª»ò ¸»¿¬»¼ ¿²¼ ¸»¿¬»® ³±«²¬·²¹
±®·»²¬¿¬·±² ø¸±®·¦±²¬¿´ ±® ª»®¬·½¿´÷
¿²¼ -½®»© °´«¹ -·¦»ò
Ð·´±¬ Ô·¹¸¬
Ì¸» ±°¬·±²¿´ °·´±¬ ´·¹¸¬ ¹·ª»- ¬¸» Ì¸» ÐÔïï °·´±¬ ´·¹¸¬ ·- ®¿¬»¼ º±® »¨°´±-·±² ®»-·-¬¿²¬ ¬»®³·²¿´
±°»®¿¬±® ª·-«¿´ ·²¼·½¿¬·±² ±º ¸»¿¬»® ìèðÊ ø¿½÷ô ¿²¼ -«°°´·»¼ ©·¬¸ º±«® »²½´±-«®»- øÒÛÓß ì ±® ÒÛÓß é÷ô
±² ±® ±ºº °±©»® -¬¿¬«-ò ·²½¸ øïðð ³³÷ ´»¿¼-ò ½±²-«´¬ º¿½¬±®§ò
Ì¸» ÐÔïð °·´±¬ ´·¹¸¬ ·- ½±²º·¹«®»¼ ¬± ¿ Ð·´±¬ ´·¹¸¬- ³¿§ ¾» ¿¬¬¿½¸»¼ ¬± »·¬¸»® Ì± ±®¼»®ô ®»º»® ¬± ¬¸» Þ«·´¼ó¿óÝ±¼»
³¿¨·³«³ îëðÊ ø¿½÷ô ¿²¼ -«°°´·»¼ -·²¹´» ±® ¼±«¾´» °±´» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬- ½¸¿®¬ ±² °¿¹» ííêò
©·¬¸ -·¨ ·²½¸ øïëð ³³÷ ´»¿¼-ò ©·¬¸ ¹»²»®¿´ °«®°±-» øÒÛÓß ï÷
»²½´±-«®» ±²´§ò Ú±® ³±·-¬«®» ±®
Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬-
Ì± °®±ª·¼» °®±½»-- ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» Ë²´»-- ±¬¸»®©·-» -°»½·º·»¼ô Ð´»¿-» ª»®·º§ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬K-
½±²¬®±´ô É¿¬´±© ±ºº»®- ±°¬·±²¿´ -·²¹´» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬- ¿®» ³±«²¬»¼ ·²-·¼» ¬¸» -»²-·²¹ ¾«´¾ ÑòÜò ·- ½±³°¿¬·¾´» ©·¬¸
°±´»ô -·²¹´» ¬¸®±© øÍÐÍÌ÷ ¿²¼ ¼±«¾´» ¬»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®»ò Ú±® ¼»¬¿·´- ¿²¼ ¬¸» -½®»© °´«¹K- ¬¸»®³±©»´´ ×òÜò
°±´»ô -·²¹´» ¬¸®±© øÜÐÍÌ÷ ±®¼»®·²¹ ·²º±®³¿¬·±²ô ®»º»® ¬±
¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬-ò Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬- ±² °¿¹»- ìîí ¬± ìîëò
íîì
É ß Ì Ô Ñ É
Ì«¾«´¿® ¿²¼
Ð®±½»-- ß--»³¾´·»-
Í½®»© Ð´«¹ -»°¿®¿¬»´§ò É¿¬´±© ±ºº»®- ¿ ©·¼» ×²¼·½¿¬» ·º ¬¸» ¬¸»®³±½±«°´» ·- º±®
×³³»®-·±² Ø»¿¬»®- ª¿®·»¬§ ±º ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» ¿²¼ °±©»® °®±½»-- ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» -»²-·²¹ ±®
½±²¬®±´- ¬± ³»»¬ ª·®¬«¿´´§ ¿´´ ¸»¿¬»® -¸»¿¬¸ ¸·¹¸ó´·³·¬ °®±¬»½¬·±²ò
Ñ°¬·±²- ¿°°´·½¿¬·±²-ò Ì»³°»®¿¬«®» ½±²¬®±´- Ð´»¿-» -°»½·º§ ·º ¬¸» -½®»© °´«¹ ©·´´
Ý±²¬·²«»¼ ½¿² ¾» ½±²º·¹«®»¼ ¬± ¿½½»°¬ ¾» ³±«²¬»¼ ª»®¬·½¿´ ±® ¸±®·¦±²¬¿´ ·²
°®±½»-- ª¿®·¿¾´» ·²°«¬-ô ¬±±ò Ý±²-«´¬ ¬¸» ¬¿²µò ×º ª»®¬·½¿´ô ·²¼·½¿¬» ·º ¬¸»
Ì¸»®³±½±«°´»- §±«® É¿¬´±© ®»°®»-»²¬¿¬·ª» º±® ¸±«-·²¹ ·- ±² ¬±° ±® ¾±¬¬±³ò
Ì§°» Ö ±® Õ ¬¸»®³±½±«°´»- ±ºº»® ¼»¬¿·´-ò ×º ¬¸» -½®»© °´«¹ ¸»¿¬»® ·- ³±«²¬»¼
»¨¬®»³»´§ ¿½½«®¿¬» -»²-·²¹ ±º Ì± ±®¼»®ô -°»½·º§ Ì§°» Ö ±® Õ ·² ¿² ·²ó´·²» ½·®½«´¿¬·±² ¸»¿¬·²¹
°®±½»-- ¿²¼ñ±® -¸»¿¬¸ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»-ò ¬¸»®³±½±«°´» ¿²¼ ´»¿¼ ´»²¹¬¸ò ¿°°´·½¿¬·±²ô ·²¼·½¿¬» º´±© ¼·®»½¬·±²
ß ¬¸»®³±½±«°´» ³¿§ ¾» ·²-»®¬»¼ ·²¬± ®»´¿¬·ª» ¬± ¬¸» ¸»¿¬»®K- »²½´±-«®»ò
¬¸» ¬¸»®³±©»´´ ±® ¿¬¬¿½¸»¼ ¬± ¬¸»
¸»¿¬»®K- -¸»¿¬¸ò
Ì¸»®³±½±«°´» Ì§°»-
Ì¸»®³±½±«°´»- ¿®» -«°°´·»¼ ©·¬¸
ïîð ·²½¸ øíðë ³³÷ ´»¿¼- ø´±²¹»® Î»½±³³»²¼»¼
´»¿¼ ´»²¹¬¸- ¿ª¿·´¿¾´»÷ò Ë²´»-- ßÍÌÓ Ý±²¼«½¬±® Ý¸¿®¿½¬»®·-¬·½- Ì»³°»®¿¬«®» Î¿²¹»
Ì§°» Ð±-·¬·ª» Ò»¹¿¬·ª» •Ú ø•Ý÷
±¬¸»®©·-» -°»½·º·»¼ô ¬¸»®³±½±«°´»-
Ö ×®±² Ý±²-¬¿²¬¿² ð ¬± ïððð øóîð ¬± ëìð÷
¿®» -«°°´·»¼ ©·¬¸ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»
øÓ¿¹²»¬·½÷ øÒ±²óÓ¿¹²»¬·½÷
®¿²¹»- ¼»¬¿·´»¼ ±² ¬¸» Õ Ý¸®±³»´x ß´«³»´x ð ¬± îððð øóîð ¬± ïïðð÷
Ì¸»®³±½±«°´» Ì§°»- ½¸¿®¬ò ø²±²ó³¿¹²»¬·½÷ øÓ¿¹²»¬·½÷
Ë-·²¹ ¿ ¬¸»®³±½±«°´» ®»¯«·®»- ¿²
Ì§°» Ö ¿²¼ Ì§°» Õ ¬¸»®³±½±«°´»- ¿®» ®¿¬»¼ íî ¬± ïíèî•Ú ¿²¼ íî ¬± îîèî•Ú øðóéëð•Ý ¿²¼
¿°°®±°®·¿¬» ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» ¿²¼ °±©»® ðóïîëð•Ý÷ô ®»-°»½¬·ª»´§ò É¿¬´±© ¼±»- ²±¬ ®»½±³³»²¼ »¨½»»¼·²¹ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» ®¿²¹»- -¸±©²
½±²¬®±´ò Ì¸»-» ³«-¬ ¾» °«®½¸¿-»¼ ±² ¬¸·- ½¸¿®¬ º±® ¬¸» ¬«¾«´¿® °®±¼«½¬ ´·²»ò
É¿¬¬¿¹»- ¿²¼ Ê±´¬¿¹»-

É¿¬´±© ®±«¬·²»´§ -«°°´·»- -½®»© °´«¹ îëð ©¿¬¬- ¬± íèµÉò ×º ®»¯«·®»¼ô -°»½·¿´ ª±´¬¿¹» ¿²¼ ©¿¬¬¿¹»
·³³»®-·±² ¸»¿¬»®- ©·¬¸ ïîð ¬± É¿¬´±© ©·´´ ½±²º·¹«®» ¸»¿¬»®- ©·¬¸ ½±²º·¹«®¿¬·±²-ô ½±²-«´¬ §±«® É¿¬´±©
ìèðÊ ø¿½÷ ¿- ©»´´ ¿- ©¿¬¬¿¹»- º®±³ ª±´¬¿¹»- ¿²¼ ©¿¬¬¿¹»- ±«¬-·¼» ¬¸»-» ®»°®»-»²¬¿¬·ª»ò
°¿®¿³»¬»®-ò Ú±® ³±®» ·²º±®³¿¬·±² ±²
Í¸»¿¬¸ Ó¿¬»®·¿´- Í¬¿²¼¿®¼ Í¸»¿¬¸ Ó¿¬»®·¿´- Ó¿¼»ó¬±óÑ®¼»® Í¸»¿¬¸ Ó¿¬»®·¿´-

Ì¸» º±´´±©·²¹ -¸»¿¬¸ ³¿¬»®·¿´- ¿®»
ÉßÌÎÑÜ ×²½±´±§x ÉßÌÎÑÜ íðì -¬¿·²´»-- -¬»»´
¿ª¿·´¿¾´» ±² ÉßÌÎÑÜ ¿²¼ Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ íïê -¬¿·²´»-- -¬»»´ Ó±²»´x
¸»¿¬·²¹ »´»³»²¬-æ Í¬»»´ Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ íðì -¬¿·²´»-- -¬»»´
Í½®»© Ð´«¹
Ý±°°»®
Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ ×²½±´±§x Û¨±¬·½ Í¸»¿¬¸ Ó¿¬»®·¿´-
Ý±²-«´¬ §±«® É¿¬´±© ®»°®»-»²¬¿¬·ª»
º±® ¼»¬¿·´- ¿²¼ ¿ª¿·´¿¾·´·¬§ò
Û¨¬»®²¿´ Ú·²·-¸·²¹
Ð¿--·ª¿¬·±² Ñ¬¸»® Ú·²·-¸»-
Ü«®·²¹ ¬¸» ³¿²«º¿½¬«®·²¹ °®±½»--ô °®±¼«½» ®«-¬ -°±¬- ¿²¼ñ±® Í·³°´» ¾»´¬ °±´·-¸·²¹ ¿²¼ ¹´¿--
°¿®¬·½´»- ±º ·®±² ±® ¬±±´ -¬»»´ ³¿§ ½±²¬¿³·²¿¬» ¬¸» °®±½»--ò Ú±® ½®·¬·½¿´ ¾»¿¼·²¹ ¿®» ¿ª¿·´¿¾´» ¬± ³»»¬
¾»½±³» »³¾»¼¼»¼ ·² ¬¸» -¬¿·²´»-- ¿°°´·½¿¬·±²-ô °¿--·ª¿¬·±² ©·´´ ®»³±ª» ½±-³»¬·½ ¼»³¿²¼-ò Ý±²-«´¬ º¿½¬±®§
-¬»»´ ±® ¿´´±§ -¸»¿¬¸ò ×º ²±¬ ®»³±ª»¼ô º®»» ·®±² º®±³ ¬¸» -¸»¿¬¸ò Ì± ±®¼»®ô º±® ¼»¬¿·´-ò
¬¸»-» °¿®¬·½´»- ³¿§ ½±®®±¼»ô -°»½·º§ °¿--·ª¿¬·±²ò
ß´«³»´x ¿²¼ Ý¸®±³»´x ¿®» ®»¹·-¬»®»¼ ¬®¿¼»ó

³¿®µ- ±º ¬¸» Ø±-µ·²- Ó¿²«º¿½¬«®·²¹ Ý±³°¿²§ò
Ó±²»´x ·- ¿ ®»¹·-¬»®»¼ ¬®¿¼»³¿®µ ±º
Í°»½·¿´ Ó»¬¿´- Ý±®°±®¿¬·±²ò íîë
Ì«¾«´¿® ¿²¼
Ð®±½»-- ß--»³¾´·»-
Í½®»© Ð´«¹
×³³»®-·±² Ø»¿¬»®-
Ñ°¬·±²-
Ý±²¬·²«»¼
Í½®»© Ð´«¹ Ó¿¬»®·¿´- Í¬¿²¼¿®¼ Í½®»© Ð´«¹ Ó¿¬»®·¿´- Ó¿¼»ó¬±óÑ®¼»® Ð´«¹ Ó¿¬»®·¿´-
Ì¸» º±´´±©·²¹ -½®»© °´«¹ ³¿¬»®·¿´- ÉßÌÎÑÜ íðì -¬¿·²´»-- -¬»»´ Ú±® ¾±¬¸ ÉßÌÎÑÜ ¿²¼ Ú×ÎÛÞßÎô
¿®» ¿ª¿·´¿¾´»æ íïê -¬¿·²´»-- -¬»»´ ½±²-«´¬ º¿½¬±®§ ¿¾±«¬ ¼»¬¿·´- ¿²¼
Ì± ±®¼»®ô -°»½·º§ -½®»© °´«¹ -·¦» Í¬»»´ ¿ª¿·´¿¾·´·¬§ò
Þ®¿--
¿²¼ ³¿¬»®·¿´ò
Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ íðì -¬¿·²´»-- -¬»»´
Í½®»© Ð´«¹ Í·¦»-

×²½´«¼·²¹ Û«®±°»¿² { ÞÍÐPïïFî ·²½¸ Ì± ±®¼»®ô -°»½·º§ -·¦»ô -¬§´» øÒÐÌô
{ ÒÐÌPïô ïïFìô îô îïFî ·²½¸ ø-¬¿·²´»-- -¬»»´ ±²´§÷ Ù¿- ±® ÞÍÐ÷ ¿²¼ ³¿¬»®·¿´ò
{ Ù¿-PÙïïFìô ÙïïFîô Ù î ·²½¸ Ý±²-«´¬ º¿½¬±®§ º±® -·¦»- ¿²¼
ÞÍÐ ã Þ®·¬·-¸ Í¬¿²¼¿®¼ Ð·°»
ø¾®¿-- ±²´§÷ ³¿¬»®·¿´- ²±¬ ´·-¬»¼ò Ù¿- ã Ù¿- °·°» -¬¿²¼¿®¼
Í½®»© Ð´«¹ ¬± Ú´¿²¹» ß¼¿°¬±®- Í½®»© Ð´«¹ ¬± Ú´¿²¹» ß¼¿°¬±®-

Í½®»© °´«¹ ¬± º´¿²¹» ¿¼¿°¬±®- °»®³·¬ Í½®»© Ð´«¹ Û-¬·³¿¬»¼
¬± Ú´¿²¹» Í¸·°°·²¹ É¬ò Ý±¼»
®»°´¿½·²¹ º´¿²¹» ¸»¿¬»®- ©·¬¸ -½®»©
ß¼¿°¬±® Í·¦»- Ó¿¬»®·¿´ ´¾- øµ¹÷ ßª¿·´¿¾·´·¬§ Ò«³¾»®
°´«¹ ¸»¿¬»®-ò Ì± ±®¼»®ô -°»½·º§ ¬¸»
ï ïFì ¬± íMóïëðý Í¬»»´ ïí øëòç÷ Í¬±½µ ïîëÈíÍß
¿°°®±°®·¿¬» ½±¼» ²«³¾»®ò î ïFî ¬± íMóïëðý Í¬»»´ ïï øëòð÷ Í¬±½µ îëðÈíÍß
î ïFî ¬± ìMóïëðý Í¬»»´ ïê øéòí÷ Í¬±½µ îëðÈìÍß
î ïFî ¬± ëMóïëðý Í¬»»´ îë øïïòí÷ Í¬±½µ îëðÈëÍß
î ïFî ¬± êMóïëðý Í¬»»´ íí øïëòð÷ Í¬±½µ îëðÈêÍß
ß°°´·½¿¬·±² Ø·²¬- { Ó·²·³·¦» °®±¾´»³- ¿--±½·¿¬»¼

{ Í»´»½¬ ¬¸» ®»½±³³»²¼»¼ -¸»¿¬¸ ©·¬¸ ´±© ´·¯«·¼ ´»ª»´ ½±²¼·¬·±²- ¾§
³¿¬»®·¿´ ¿²¼ ©¿¬¬ ¼»²-·¬§ º±® ¬¸» «-·²¹ ¿ ´±© ´·¯«·¼ ´»ª»´ -»²-±® ±®
ïþ øîë ³³÷
-«¾-¬¿²½» ¾»·²¹ ¸»¿¬»¼ò Ë-» ¬¸» Ó·²·³«³ Ò±óØ»¿¬ Í»½¬·±² -¸»¿¬¸ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» ¸·¹¸ó´·³·¬
Í«°°´»³»²¬¿´ ß°°´·½¿¬·±²- ½±²¬®±´ò
Ý¸¿®¬ ±² °¿¹»- îêí ¬± îêêò ×º { Ð»®·±¼·½¿´´§ ®»³±ª» ¬¸» -½®»©
«²¿¾´» ¬± ¼»¬»®³·²» ¬¸» ½±®®»½¬ °´«¹ ¿--»³¾´§ º±® ·²-°»½¬·±² ¿²¼
¸»¿¬»® ³¿¬»®·¿´ ¿²¼ ¬§°»ô ½±²-«´¬ ½´»¿² ¬¸» ¸»¿¬·²¹ »´»³»²¬ø-÷ò Ì¸·-
§±«® É¿¬´±© ®»°®»-»²¬¿¬·ª»ò °®»ª»²¬·ª» ³¿·²¬»²¿²½» ©·´´
{ Û¨¬»²¼ ¬¸» »´»³»²¬K- ²±ó¸»¿¬ { Ý¸±±-» ¿ Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ »´»³»²¬ ©¸»² ®»¼«½» °®»³¿¬«®» º¿·´«®» ¿²¼
-»½¬·±² ½±³°´»¬»´§ ·²¬± ¬¸» º´«·¼ §±«® ¿°°´·½¿¬·±² ®»¯«·®»- ¿ ±°¬·³·¦» ¸»¿¬»® °»®º±®³¿²½»ò
¾»·²¹ ¸»¿¬»¼ ¬± ¸»´° °®»ª»²¬ -³¿´´»® -§-¬»³ °¿½µ¿¹» ±® ´±©»® { Î»º»® ¬± ¬¸» ×²-¬¿´´¿¬·±² ¿²¼
°®»³¿¬«®» ¸»¿¬»® º¿·´«®»ò Í»» ©¿¬¬ ¼»²-·¬§ò Ó¿·²¬»²¿²½» ×²-¬®«½¬·±²- º±®
¿½½±³°¿²§·²¹ ·´´«-¬®¿¬·±² º±® { Û²-«®» ©·®·²¹ ·²¬»¹®·¬§ ¾§ ³¿µ·²¹ ½±®®»½¬ ±®·»²¬¿¬·±² ±º Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ
°®±°»® ²±ó¸»¿¬ -»½¬·±² °´¿½»³»²¬ò -«®» ¬»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®» »´»³»²¬-ò Ý±®®»½¬ »´»³»²¬
{ Ô±½¿¬» -½®»© °´«¹ ¸»¿¬»® ´±© ·² ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» ¼±»- ²±¬ »¨½»»¼ ±®·»²¬¿¬·±² ¬± º´±© ³·²·³·¦»-
¬¸» ¬¿²µô ¾«¬ ¿¾±ª» ¬¸» -´«¼¹» ìðð•Ú øîðë•Ý÷ò °®»--«®» ¼®±°ô ·²½®»¿-»-
´»ª»´ò { Õ»»° »´»½¬®·½¿´ ½±²²»½¬·±²- ¾«±§¿²½§ º±®½» ¿²¼ ¸»¿¬»®
½´»¿²ô ¼®§ ¿²¼ ¬·¹¸¬ò °»®º±®³¿²½»ò
íîê
É ß Ì Ô Ñ É
Ì«¾«´¿® ¿²¼
Ð®±½»-- ß--»³¾´·»-
Í½®»© Ð´«¹
×³³»®-·±² Ø»¿¬»®-
Í½®»© Ð´«¹ Ø»¿¬»® Ü·³»²-·±²-
øï÷ íñìþ Õ²±½µ±«¬-
øï÷ íñìþ Õ²±½µ±«¬- ÒÐÌ Ú·¬¬·²¹
íðì Í¬¿·²´»-- Í¬»»´ ÒÐÌ Ú·¬¬·²¹ Ì¸»®³±©»´´
ðòîéêþ ×òÜò Ì¸»®³±©»´´ óðòîëðþ ×òÜò ±² ïþ ¿²¼ ï ïñìþ ÒÐÌ Ð´«¹
óðòíéëþ ×òÜò ±² îþ ¿²¼ î ïñîþ ÒÐÌ Ð´«¹-
ÉßÌÎÑÜ Û´»³»²¬
Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ Û´»³»²¬
Ù Ø Þ«²¼´» Ù Ø Þ«²¼´»
Ú Ú
ß
ß
Ò±óØ»¿¬
Ò±óØ»¿¬
Í»½¬·±²
Û²¼
Ý Þ Ý Þ
Û Ü ïû Û Ü ïû
×³³»®-»¼ Ô»²¹¬¸ ×³³»®-»¼ Ô»²¹¬¸
ÉßÌÎÑÜ ¿²¼ Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ Í½®»© Ð´«¹ ×³³»®-·±² Ø»¿¬»® Ü·³»²-·±²-

Ø»¿¬»® ÒÐÌ Í·¦» ß Ü·³»²-·±² Ý Ü·³»²-·±² Ü Ü·³»²-·±² Û Ü·³»²-·±² Ú Ü·³»²-·±² Ù Ü·³»²-·±² Ø Ü·³»²-·±²ö
Ì§°» ·² ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷
ÉßÌÎÑÜ ï ï øîë÷ é
Fè øîî÷ ï ïFì øíî÷ î ëFè øêé÷ ì ëFè øïïé÷ ï íFè øíë÷ ï ïFè øîç÷
ÉßÌÎÑÜ ï ïFì ï ïëFïê øîì÷ ïë
Fïê øîì÷ ï ëFïê øíí÷ î ëFè øêé÷ ì ëFè øïïé÷ ï íFì øìì÷ ï íFè øíë÷
ÉßÌÎÑÜ î Í¬»»´ î çFïê øêë÷ ï øîë÷ ï ïïFïê øìí÷ î ëFè øêé÷ ì ëFè øïïé÷ î ïFî øêì÷ î ïFì øëé÷
ÉßÌÎÑÜ î Þ®¿-- î ïïFïê øêè÷ ï ïFïê øîé÷ ï çFïê øìð÷ î ëFè øêé÷ ì ëFè øïïé÷ î ïFî øêì÷ î ïFì øëé÷
ÉßÌÎÑÜ î Íò Í¬»»´ î ïíFïê øéï÷ ï øîë÷ ï ëFè øìï÷ î ëFè øêé÷ ì ëFè øïïé÷ î ïFî øêì÷ î ïFì øìç÷
ÉßÌÎÑÜ î ïFî î íFïê øëê÷ ï ëFïê øíí÷ î ïFïê øëî÷ î ëFè øêé÷ ì ëFè øïïé÷ í ïFî øéê÷ î ïFî øêì÷
Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ ï ïFì í éFè øçè÷ ïí
Fïê øîï÷ ï ïFïê øîé÷ î ëFè øêé÷ ì ëFè øïïé÷ ï íFì øìì÷ ï íFè øíë÷
Ú×ÎÛÞßÎ î ïFî í íFè øèê÷ ï ïFì øíî÷ ï ïFî øíè÷ î ëFè øêé÷ ì ëFè øïïé÷ í ïFî øéê÷ î ïFî øêì÷
ö Ò±¬»æ ß´´ °´«¹ ¾«²¼´»- º·¬ ·²¬± »¯«·ª¿´»²¬ ÒÐÌ ½±«°´·²¹ò Ì¸»§ ¼± ²±¬ º·¬ ·² »¯«·ª¿´»²¬ °·°» -·¦»-ò
ïþ ÒÐÌ Í½®»© Ð´«¹ P ÉßÌÎÑÜ Û´»³»²¬

Í½®»©
ÉßÌÎÑÜ Ð´«¹ ×³³»®-»¼ Ý±¼» Ò±ò Û-¬ò Í¸·°ò
Ü»-½®·°¬·±² µÉ Þ Ü·³»²-·±² É»·¹¸¬
×³³»®-·±² Ø»¿¬»®-
·²½¸ ø³³÷
ïîðÊ ø¿½÷
ïóÐ¸¿-»
îìðÊ ø¿½÷
ïóÐ¸¿-» ´¾- øµ¹÷
ß°°´·½¿¬·±²-æ Ô·¹¸¬©»·¹¸¬ Ñ·´-ô Ü»¹®»¿-·²¹ Í±´«¬·±²-ô Ø»¿¬ Ì®¿²-º»® Ñ·´-

îí Éñ·²î ðòîë ê ïFî øïêë÷ ÞÝÍêÖï ÞÝÍêÖïð í øî÷
Í½®»© Ð´«¹
Í¬»»´ Ð´«¹ ðòíë ç ïFì øîíë÷ ÞÝÍçÛï ÞÝÍçÛïð ì øî÷
ïóÍ¬»»´ ðòë ç íFè øîíè÷ ÞÝÍçÙï ÞÝÍçÙïð ì øî÷
øíòê Éñ½³î÷ ðòéë ïí ïFî øíìí÷ ÞÝÍïíÖï ÞÝÍïíÖïð ë øí÷
ïòð ïê íFì øìîë÷ ÞÝÍïêÒï ÞÝÍïêÒïð ê øí÷
ïòë îí íFì øêðí÷ ÞÝÍîíÒï ÞÝÍîíÒïð é øì÷
ß´´ ¸»¿¬·²¹ »´»³»²¬- ¿®» ß--»³¾´§ Í¬±½µ

«²´»-- ±¬¸»®©·-» ²±¬»¼ò
ßª¿·´¿¾·´·¬§
ß--»³¾´§ Í¬±½µæ Ì¸®»» ¬± º·ª» ©±®µ·²¹ ¼¿§-
íîé
Ì«¾«´¿® ¿²¼
Ð®±½»-- ß--»³¾´·»- ÚòÑòÞòæ Ø¿²²·¾¿´ô Ó·--±«®·
Í½®»© Ð´«¹
×³³»®-·±² Ø»¿¬»®-
Þ«·´¼ó¿óÝ±¼» BC S 9E 10W1
Í¬±½µ Í½®»© Ð´«¹ Ý±¼» Ò«³¾»®
ø×²½´«¼»- ¹»²»®¿´ °«®°±-» ¬»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®» øÒÛÓß ï÷
Ñ°¬·±²¿´ Ì»®³·²¿´ Û²½´±-«®»
Í ã Ù»²»®¿´ °«®°±-» ©·¬¸ ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ øÒÛÓß ï÷
É ã Ó±·-¬«®» ®»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß ì÷
Û ã Û¨°´±-·±² ®»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß é÷
ÛñÉ ã Û¨°´±-·±²ñ³±·-¬«®» ®»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß éñì÷
Ñ°¬·±²¿´ Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ±® Ì¸»®³±½±«°´»
Ñ°¬·±²¿´ Ð·´±¬ Ô·¹¸¬
ÐÔïð ã îëðÊ ø¿½÷ Ó¿¨ò
ÐÔïï ã ìèðÊ ø¿½÷ Ó¿¨ò
Í½®»© °´«¹ ·³³»®-·±² ¸»¿¬»®- ¿®» -«°°´·»¼ ©·¬¸ ¿ ¹»²»®¿´ °«®°±-» ¬»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®»
øÒÛÓß ï÷ò ß ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ©·´´ ²±¬ º·¬ ·²-·¼» ¬¸» -¬¿²¼¿®¼ îëñè ·²½¸ øêé ³³÷ ¬¿´´ ¹»²»®¿´ °«®°±-»
¬»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®»ò ×º ¿ ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ·- ®»¯«·®»¼ô ¿ ¬¿´´»® ¬»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®» ©·´´ ¾» -«°°´·»¼ò
Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ½±¼» ²«³¾»®- ¿®» -¸±©² ·² ¬¸» Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ Í¬±½µ ½¸¿®¬ ±² °¿¹» ìîëò
Ð·´±¬ ´·¹¸¬- ¿®» ½±²º·¹«®»¼ º±® ¹»²»®¿´ °«®°±-» »²½´±-«®» øÒÛÓß ï÷ ¿°°´·½¿¬·±²-ò
Ú±® °·´±¬ ´·¹¸¬ ¿ª¿·´¿¾·´·¬§ ©·¬¸ ±¬¸»® ¬»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®» ®¿¬·²¹-ô ½±²-«´¬ º¿½¬±®§ò
Í°»½·º§ Ì§°» Ö ±® Õ ¬¸»®³±½±«°´»ò ×º ±ª»®¬»³° ¬¸»®³±½±«°´» -°»½·º§ ±®·»²¬¿¬·±² ¸±®·¦±²¬¿´ô
ª»®¬·½¿´ «° ±® ª»®¬·½¿´ ¼±©²ò
Ø±© ¬± Ñ®¼»® ×º ±«® -¬±½µ «²·¬- ¼± ²±¬ ³»»¬ §±«® ßª¿·´¿¾·´·¬§

Ì± ±®¼»® ¿ -¬±½µ -½®»© °´«¹ ¸»¿¬»®ô ¿°°´·½¿¬·±² ²»»¼-ô É¿¬´±© ½¿² Í¬±½µæ Í¿³» ¼¿§ -¸·°³»²¬
°´»¿-» -°»½·º§æ °®±ª·¼» ³¿¼»ó¬±ó±®¼»® ¸»¿¬»®-ò ß--»³¾´§ Í¬±½µæ Ì¸®»» ¬± º·ª»
Ú±® ¿ ³¿¼»ó¬±ó±®¼»® «²·¬ô °´»¿-»
{ É¿¬´±© ½±¼» ²«³¾»® ©±®µ·²¹ ¼¿§-
-°»½·º§æ
{ ÒÐÌ -½®»© °´«¹ -·¦» ¿²¼ ³¿¬»®·¿´ Ó±¼·º·»¼ Í¬±½µ æ Ú·ª» ¬± -»ª»²
{ ß°°´·½¿¬·±²ô ·²½´«¼·²¹ ¸»¿¬»¼
{ Ê±´¬-ñ©¿¬¬- ©±®µ·²¹ ¼¿§-
³¿¬»®·¿´ô °®±½»-- ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»
{ Ð¸¿-» ¿²¼ º´±© ®¿¬»ô »¬½ò Í¬¿²¼¿®¼æ ïð ©±®µ·²¹ ¼¿§-
{ Ñ°¬·±²- { Ê±´¬-ñ©¿¬¬- Ó¿¼»ó¬±óÑ®¼»®æ Ú±«® ¬± -·¨ ©»»µ-
{ Ï«¿²¬·¬§ { É¿¬¬ ¼»²-·¬§
{ Ð¸¿-» Ñ°¬·±²-ô ½±³°´»¨·¬§ ¿²¼ ¯«¿²¬·¬§
³¿§ ¿ºº»½¬ ¿ª¿·´¿¾·´·¬§ ¿²¼ ´»¿¼
{ Í½®»© °´«¹ -·¦»ô -¬§´» ¿²¼
¬·³»-ò Ý±²-«´¬ º¿½¬±®§ò
³¿¬»®·¿´
{ Û´»³»²¬ ¼·¿³»¬»®
Í¬±½µ ¿²¼ ¿--»³¾´§ -¬±½µ «²·¬- ©·¬¸
{ Ò«³¾»® ±º ¸»¿¬·²¹ »´»³»²¬ø-÷ ½¿¬¿´±¹ ±°¬·±²-ò
{ Í¸»¿¬¸ ³¿¬»®·¿´
{ ×³³»®-»¼ øLÞK ¼·³»²-·±²÷ ´»²¹¬¸
{ Ò±ó¸»¿¬ -»½¬·±² ¾»´±© ¬¸» °´«¹
{ Ì»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®» ¬§°»
{ Ñ°¬·±²-
{ Ï«¿²¬·¬§
ííê
Ì«¾«´¿® ¿²¼
Ð®±½»-- ß--»³¾´·»-
Ó±¼«´¿® Ü«½¬ Ø»¿¬»®
×²¼·ª·¼«¿´ Ó±¼«´» Ü·³»²-·±²-
îïñìþ
Í°»½·º·½¿¬·±²-
ÌÑÐ
{ Ó±¼«´» ®¿¬·²¹ ó îìð ±®

ìèðÊ ø¿½÷ô êµÉô ¬¸®»» °¸¿-»
±® ±²» °¸¿-»
{ É¿¬¬ Ü»²-·¬§ ó îê Éñ·² î èïñìþ éïñîþ õ
É¿¬´±© Ó±¼«´¿® Ü«½¬ Ø»¿¬»®

êððð Éò ìèð Êô íÐØô ÈÈÈÈ
{ Û´»³»²¬- ó ðòíïë ·²½¸ ¼·¿ò
ÐÒ ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
×²½±´±§x »´»³»²¬-
{ Ø·¹¸ó´·³·¬ ¬¸»®³±½±«°´» ·²-¬¿´´»¼
¾§ ¼®·´´·²¹ °®»³¿®µ»¼ ¸±´» ·² îîþ
º´¿²¹»
{ êóêðµÉ ®¿²¹» ©¸»² ³±«²¬»¼ ·²
¼«½¬ ¸»¿¬»® ¿--»³¾´§
Ñ°¬·±²-
ß°°´·½¿¬·±² ×²º±®³¿¬·±² Ì»®³·²¿´ Û²½´±-«®»- Þ´¿²µ Ó±¼«´» Ý±ª»®-
{ Ó¿¨·³«³ -¸»¿¬¸ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» Ó±¼«´» ½±ª»®- ¿®» ¿ª¿·´¿¾´» º±®
Ì»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®»- ¿®» ¿ª¿·´¿¾´» ·²
ã ïîðð%Ú ½±ª»®·²¹ ¾´¿²µ -´±¬- ±² ¬¸» ³¿·²
ÒÛÓß ï ¿²¼ ì ½±²º·¹«®¿¬·±²-ò
{ Ó¿¨·³«³ ±«¬´»¬ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» º´¿²¹»ò Ì¸·- ¿´´±©- º±® ¿¼¼·²¹ ¸»¿¬»®
Ø·¹¸óÔ·³·¬ Ì¸»®³±½±«°´»-
ã éëð%Ú ³±¼«´» ¿¬ ¿ ´¿¬»® ¬·³» ¬± ¿´´±© ¸·¹¸»®
Ø·¹¸ó´·³·¬ ¬¸»®³±½±«°´»- ½¿² ¾»
©¿¬¬¿¹» ±«¬°«¬-ò
-«°°´·»¼ ±² -°»½·º·»¼ ³±¼«´»- ±®
-¸·°°»¼ ¿- ¿ µ·¬ò ßª¿·´¿¾´»
¬¸»®³±½±«°´»- ¿®» Ì§°»- Ö ¿²¼ Õò
É¿¬´±©
Ý±¼» Ò«³¾»® Ü»-½®·°¬·±²
Î»°´¿½»³»²¬ Ó±¼«´»-
Óêí êµÉô îìð ª±´¬-ô í °¸¿-»
Óêïð êµÉô îìð ª±´¬-ô ï °¸¿-»
Óêë êµÉô ìèð ª±´¬-ô í °¸¿-»
Óêïï êµÉô ìèð ª±´¬-ô ï °¸¿-»
Ø·¹¸ Ô·³·¬ Ì¸»®³±½±«°´» Õ·¬-
ÓÌÝÖ Ì§°» Ö øðóïððð•Ú÷
ÓÌÝÕ Ì§°» Õ øðóîððð•Ú÷
Þ´¿²µ Ó±¼«´» Ý±ª»®-
ÓÞÔÕ Ý±ª»® -´±¬- ·² ³¿·² º´¿²¹»
ßª¿·´¿¾·´·¬§
{ ß--»³¾´§ Í¬±½µæ Ì¸®»» ¬± º·ª»
©±®µ·²¹ ¼¿§-
{ Ó¿¼»ó¬±óÑ®¼»®æ Û·¹¸¬ ©»»µ-
Ý±²-«´¬ º¿½¬±®§ º±® ³±®» ¼»¬¿·´-ò
ìîî
É ß Ì Ô Ñ É
Ì«¾«´¿® ¿²¼
Ð®±½»-- ß--»³¾´·»-
Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬- ¿²¼ Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬- ©·¬¸ Û²½´±-«®»-
ß½½»--±®·»- ÒÛÓß ï Í·²¹´» ¿²¼ Ü±«¾´» Ð±´» ÒÛÓß ì ¿²¼ ïî Í·²¹´» Ð±´»
Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬- ®»¹«´¿¬» ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» ·² í íñïê
øçï ³³÷
²±²ó½®·¬·½¿´ ¿°°´·½¿¬·±²-ò Ì¸»§ -»²-»
¬»³°»®¿¬«®»ô ©·¬¸·² ¿ °®»-»¬ ®¿²¹» í ïñìþ
î í ñì é ñïê
øèí ³³÷
¿²¼ ½§½´» ¸»¿¬»®- ±² ¿²¼ ±ºº ¬± î ë ñíîþ í ë ñïêþ
øéð ³³÷ øèè ³³÷
³¿·²¬¿·² ¬¸» -»¬ °±·²¬ò øëë ³³÷ øèì ³³÷

øî÷ ðòîïèþ
Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬- ³¿§ ¾» ³±«²¬»¼ ·²-·¼» ì íñè øïïî ³³÷ øê ³³÷ Ü·¿ò Ø±´»-
¿ ¬»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®» ±® ®»³±¬»
³±«²¬»¼ ø-»°¿®¿¬» º®±³ ¬¸» ¸»¿¬»®
î ïëñïê
¿--»³¾´§÷ò ×º «-·²¹ ¿ ®»³±¬» øéë ³³÷
³±«²¬»¼ ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ô ¾» -«®» ¬±
±®¼»® -«ºº·½·»²¬ ½¿°·´´¿®§ ¬«¾» ´»²¹¬¸
¬± °»®³·¬ ·²-¬¿´´¿¬·±²ò ë ïí ñïêþ
ÒÛÓß é Í·²¹´» Ð±´» ì ëñèþ
øïìè ³³÷ øïïé ³³÷
ß´´ É¿¬´±© ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬- ¿®» ²±®³¿´´§
½´±-»¼ ½·®½«·¬ ¿²¼ »·¬¸»® -·²¹´» °±´»ô íïñìþ
øî÷ ïñîþ øèí ³³÷
-·²¹´» ¬¸®±© øÍÐÍÌ÷ ±® ¼±«¾´» °±´»ô øëê ³³÷
-·²¹´» ¬¸®±© øÜÐÍÌ÷ò Ì¸»§ ½¿² ¾»
î íñïêþ ë ëñïêþ
«-»¼ ©·¬¸ ±® ©·¬¸±«¬ ¿² »²½´±-«®»ò øëê ³³÷ øïíë ³³÷
ê íñèþ
Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ -»´»½¬·±² -¸±«´¼ ¾» íþ øïêî ³³÷
øéê ³³÷
¾¿-»¼ ±² ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» ®¿²¹»ô
½¿°·´´¿®§ ¬«¾» ´»²¹¬¸ ¿²¼ -»²-±®
ÒÛÓß ì ¿²¼ ïî Ü±«¾´» Ð±´» ÒÛÓß é Ü±«¾´» Ð±´»
¾«´¾ -·¦» ø¼·¿³»¬»®ñ´»²¹¬¸÷ò ñ é íñìþ
Î»³±¬» Ó±«²¬ Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ñ
ê ç ïêþ øïçé ³³÷
øïêé ³³÷
ß--»³¾´·»-
éþ
Î»³±¬» ³±«²¬»¼ ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ øïéè ³³÷
¿--»³¾´·»- ½¿² ¾» -«°°´·»¼ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» êþ
ñ
ê ç ïêþ øïëî ³³÷
º±´´±©·²¹ »²½´±-«®»-æ øïêé ³³÷
{ Ù»²»®¿´ °«®°±-» øÒÛÓß ï÷

ê ïñîþ ñ øïí ³³÷
ï îþ
{ Ó±·-¬«®» ®»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß ì÷
øïêë ³³÷
{ Û¨°´±-·±² ®»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß é÷
{ Û¨°´±-·±²ñ³±·-¬«®» ®»-·-¬¿²¬
øÒÛÓß éñì÷ ì ïñìþ ê ïñìþ
{ Ü«-¬ ®»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß ïî÷ øïðè ³³÷ øïêì ³³÷
Ð·´±¬ Ô·¹¸¬ êþ
ß² ±°¬·±²¿´ °·´±¬ ´·¹¸¬ ¹·ª»- ª·-«¿´ øïëî ³³÷ è íñìþ éñïêþ
·²¼·½¿¬·±² ©¸»¬¸»® ¬¸» °±©»® øîîð ³³÷ øïï ³³÷
-«°°´·»¼ ¬± ¬¸» ¸»¿¬·²¹ »´»³»²¬ø-÷ ·-

Ì¸» µ·¬ ½±²¬¿·²- ¿´´ ¬¸» ²»½»--¿®§ Ü±«¾´» °±´» ½±²ª»®-·±² µ·¬ ½±ª»®-
±² ±® ±ººò
°¿®¬- ¬± ½¸¿²¹» ±«¬ ¬¸» »¨·-¬·²¹ î ¿²¼ îïFî ·²½¸ ÒÐÌ -½®»© °´«¹-ò Ì±
Ì± ±®¼»®ô °´»¿-» -°»½·º§ -«ºº·¨ ½±¼» ¬»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®» ½±ª»® ¿²¼ ³±«²¬ ±®¼»®ô -°»½·º§ ½±¼» Õìçîóðððóíìó
ÐÔïïò ¬¸» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ·²-·¼»ò Ì¸»-» ¿®» ø¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ¬§°»÷ò
Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ Ý±²ª»®-·±² Õ·¬- ¸¿®¼©¿®» ¿²¼ ©·®·²¹ µ·¬- ±²´§ò Ý»´-·«- Ü·¿´ Í½¿´»
Õ·¬- ¿®» ¿ª¿·´¿¾´» ¬± ½±²ª»®¬ ¿ Í·²¹´» °±´» ½±²ª»®-·±² µ·¬ ½±ª»®- Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬- ¿®» -¸·°°»¼ ©·¬¸
¸»¿¬»®K- ¹»²»®¿´ °«®°±-» øÒÛÓß ï÷ ïô ïïFì ô î ¿²¼ îïFî ·²½¸ ÒÐÌ -½®»© Ú¿¸®»²¸»·¬ ø•Ú÷ ¼·¿´ -½¿´»-ò ×º §±«®
¬»®³·²¿´ »²½´±-«®» ¬± ¿½½»°¬ »·¬¸»® ¿ °´«¹-ò Ì± ±®¼»®ô -°»½·º§ ½±¼» ¿°°´·½¿¬·±² ®»¯«·®»- ¿ Ý»´-·«- ø•Ý÷
-·²¹´» ±® ¼±«¾´» °±´» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ò Õìçîóðððóíëóø¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ¬§°»÷ò -½¿´»ô ±®¼»® ¬¸» ±°¬·±²¿´ ¼·¿´ º¿½»ò
Ì± ±®¼»®ô -°»½·º§ ½±¼» ÝÜò Í½¿´»
©·´´ ³¿¬½¸ ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»
®¿²¹»ò
×²½±´±§x ·- ¿ ®»¹·-¬»®»¼ ¬®¿¼»³¿®µ ±º
Í°»½·¿´ Ó»¬¿´- Ý±®°±®¿¬·±²ò ìîí
Ì«¾«´¿® ¿²¼
Ð®±½»-- ß--»³¾´·»-
Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬- ¿²¼
ß½½»--±®·»-
ß°°´·½¿¬·±² Ø·²¬-
{ Ô±½¿¬» ¬¸» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ©¸»®» ½·®½«·¬ ¾®»¿µ»® ¬± ½«¬ °±©»® ©¸»² É¿®²·²¹
¿³¾·»²¬ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»- ¼± ²±¬ -»®ª·½·²¹ò Ü± ²±¬ «-» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬- º±® ¸·¹¸ó´·³·¬
»¨½»»¼ ïëð•Ú øêë•Ý÷ò { ×²¬»®½±²²»½¬ ¬¸» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ¬± ¬¸» -¸»¿¬¸ °®±¬»½¬·±²ò Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬- º¿·´
{ Ó±«²¬ ¬¸» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ·² ¿² ¸»¿¬»® ±²´§ ·ºæ ·² ¿ ½´±-»¼ ½·®½«·¬ ³±¼» ¿²¼ ©·´´ ²±¬
»²½´±-«®» ¬¸¿¬ ·- ½±³°¿¬·¾´» ©·¬¸ ó Ì¸» ¸»¿¬»® ¸¿- ±²» ½·®½«·¬ ½«¬ °±©»® ¬± ¬¸» ¸»¿¬»®-ò Ô·³·¬
¬¸» -«®®±«²¼·²¹ »²ª·®±²³»²¬ò ½±²¬®±´ -¸±«´¼ ¾» °®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ¿²
ó Ì¸» ¸»¿¬»®K- ¿³°»®» ¼®¿© ·- ·-±´¿¬»¼ô ®»¼«²¼¿²¬ -»²-±® ¿²¼
{ ×³³»®-» ¬¸» »²¬·®» -»²-·²¹ ¾«´¾ ´±©»® ¬¸¿² ¬¸» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬K- ®¿¬»¼ ½±²¬®±´ -§-¬»³ ±º ¬¸» ¿°°®±°®·¿¬»
·² ¬¸» ³»¼·¿ ¾»·²¹ ¸»¿¬»¼ò ¿³°¿½·¬§ ¿¬ °®»-½®·¾»¼ ª±´¬¿¹»ò ¬§°»ô ¼»-·¹² ¿²¼ ·²-¬¿´´¿¬·±²ò
{ Ó¿µ» -«®» ¬¸» -»²-·²¹ ¾«´¾ ·- { ×²¬»®½±²²»½¬ »·¬¸»® ¿ -·²¹´» ±® Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬- ¿®» °®»½¿´·¾®¿¬»¼ ¿¬ ¬¸»
³±«²¬»¼ ¿©¿§ º®±³ ¬¸» ¸»¿¬·²¹ ¼±«¾´» °±´» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ©·¬¸ ¿ º¿½¬±®§ò Ò± ¿¼¶«-¬³»²¬ô ±¬¸»® ¬¸¿²
»´»³»²¬ø-÷ ¬± ²»¹¿¬» ¿²§ «²¼«» -·²¹´»ó°¸¿-» ¸»¿¬»® ©¸»² ¬¸» -»´»½¬·²¹ ¬¸» ¼»-·®»¼ ±°»®¿¬·²¹
·²º´«»²½» ±² ¬¸» -»²-·²¹ ¾«´¾K- -«°°´§ ª±´¬¿¹» ¼±»- ²±¬ »¨½»»¼ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»ô ·- ®»¯«·®»¼ò ß´´ ©·®·²¹
¬»³°»®¿¬«®» N®»¿¼·²¹òM îééÊ ø¿½÷ º±® ÍÐÍÌ ±® ìèðÊ ø¿½÷ -¸±«´¼ ¾» °»®º±®³»¼ ¾§ ¯«¿´·º·»¼
{ Õ»»° ¬¸» ½¿°·´´¿®§ ¬«¾» ·²-«´¿¬»¼ º±® ÜÐÍÌò °»®-±²²»´ ¿²¼ ½±³°´§ ©·¬¸ ¬¸»
º®±³ »´»½¬®·½¿´ ½±²²»½¬·±²-ò { Ñ²´§ ·²¬»®½±²²»½¬ ¬¸®»»ó°¸¿-» Ò¿¬·±²¿´ Û´»½¬®·½¿´ Ý±¼» ¿²¼ ±¬¸»®
{ Ü± ²±¬ «-» ¿ ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ º±® ¸·¹¸ó ¼»´¬¿ ¸»¿¬»®- ¬± ÜÐÍÌ ¿°°´·½¿¾´» -¬¿¬» ¿²¼ ´±½¿´ ½±¼»-ò
¿½½«®¿½§ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» -»²-·²¹ò ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬-ò Ì± ¸»´° ¿--«®» §±« -»´»½¬ ¬¸»
Ë-» ¿² ¿°°®±°®·¿¬» { Ë-» ¿ -·²¹´» °±´» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ º±® ½±®®»½¬ ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ô ¿- ©»´´ ¿- ·²-¬¿´´
¬¸»®³±½±«°´»ô ÎÌÜ ±® ¬¸»®³·-¬±® °·´±¬ ¼«¬§ ©¸»®» ¬¸» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ·- ¿²¼ ©·®» ·¬ °®±°»®´§ô ©» ¸¿ª» °«¬
¿²¼ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» ½±²¬®±´ò ²±¬ ·²¬»®½±²²»½¬»¼ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ¬±¹»¬¸»® ¿ º»© ¸»´°º«´ ¸·²¬-ò
{ Ü± ²±¬ «-» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬- ¿- ¿ ¸»¿¬»®ô ±® ¸»¿¬»® »¨½»»¼- ¬¸» Í½¸»³¿¬·½- ¿®» °®±ª·¼»¼ º±®
°®·³¿®§ °±©»® -©·¬½¸·²¹ ¼»ª·½»ò ª±´¬ñ¿³° ®¿¬·²¹ò ·²¬»®½±²²»½¬·²¹ ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬- ¬±
Ë-» ¿ ¼·-½±²²»½¬ -©·¬½¸ ±® -·²¹´»ó ¿²¼ ¬¸®»»ó°¸¿-» ¸»¿¬»®-ò
Ð·´±¬ Ü«¬§ É·®·²¹

ÍÐÍÌôïó°¸¿-» ÍÐÍÌô íó°¸¿-» ¼»´¬¿ ÍÐÍÌô íó°¸¿-» ©§»
×²¬»®½±²²»½¬»¼ É·®·²¹
ÍÐÍÌô ïó°¸¿-» ÜÐÍÌô ïó°¸¿-» ÜÐÍÌô íó°¸¿-» ¼»´¬¿
ìîì
É ß Ì Ô Ñ É
Ì«¾«´¿® ¿²¼
Ð®±½»-- ß--»³¾´·»- ÚòÑòÞòæ Ø¿²²·¾¿´ô Ó·--±«®·
Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬- ¿²¼
ß½½»--±®·»-
Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬
Ý±²¬®±´ Ì»³°»®¿¬«®» ß³°¿½·¬§ à Þ«´¾ Þ«´¾ Ý¿°·´´¿®§ Ì»®³·²¿´ Ý±¼» Û-¬ò Ò»¬
Ó±¼» Ì§°» Î¿²¹» Ü·ºº»®»²¬·¿´ Ô·²» Ê±´¬¿¹» Ü·¿³»¬»® Ô»²¹¬¸ Ô»²¹¬¸ Ì§°» Ò±ò É»·¹¸¬
•Ú ø•Ý÷ %Ú ø%Ý÷ ïîð îìð îéé ìèð ·²½¸ ø³³÷ ·²½¸ ø³³÷ ·²½¸ ø³³÷ ´¾- øµ¹÷
Ñ²ó±ºº Í·²¹´» íðóïïð øðóìð÷ è øð÷ îë îë îî O ðòîëð øê÷ ì íFì øïîï÷ ïè øìëë÷ ï ï øðòì÷
Ì»³° Ð±´» íðóîëð øðóïîð÷ ïë øè÷ îë îë îî O ðòîëð øê÷ í ïFì øèë÷ ïè øìëë÷ ýïî ßÉÙ î ï øðòì÷
Ý±²¬®±´ Í·²¹´» íðóîëð øðóïîð÷ ïë øè÷ îë îë îî O ðòîëð øê÷ í ïFì øèë÷ èì øîïíë÷ Í¬®¿²¼»¼ îß ï øðòì÷
Ì¸®±© ïéëóëëð øèðóîçð÷ îê øïì÷ îë îë îî O ðòîëð øê÷ í íFè øèë÷ ïè øìëë÷ Ô»¿¼- í ï øðòì÷
øÍÐÍÌ÷ ïéëóëëð øèðóîçð÷ îê øïì÷ îë îë îî O ðòîëð øê÷ î íFì øéð÷ èì øîïíë÷ íß ï øðòì÷
íððóéðð øïëðóíëð÷ ïî øé÷ îë îë O O ðòíéë øïð÷ í íFì øçë÷ êð øïëîë÷ ïð ï øðòì÷
êðóïêð øïëóéð÷ ïç øïð÷ íð íð íð îð ðòîëð øê÷ ì íFè øïïð÷ ïì øíëë÷ ýèóíî ïîß ï øðòì÷
Ü±«¾´» íðóïïð øðóìð÷ ïî øé÷ íð íð íð îï ðòíéë øïð÷ ê ïFì øïêð÷ íê øçïë÷ ì î øðòç÷
Ð±´» êðóîëð øïëóïîð÷ ïî øé÷ íð íð íð îï ðòíéë øïð÷ ì ïFî øïïë÷ ìè øïîîð÷ ýïðóíî ë î øðòç÷
Í·²¹´» êðóîëð øïëóïîð÷ ïî øé÷ íð íð íð îï ðòîëð øê÷ ê ïFî øïêë÷ ìè øïîîð÷ Í½®»© Ô«¹ ëß î øðòç÷
Ì¸®±© ïððóëëð øìðóîçð÷ îî øïî÷ íð íð íð îï ðòíéë øïð÷ í éFè øïðð÷ ìè øïîîð÷ é î øðòç÷
øÜÐÍÌ÷ ïððóëëð øìðóîçð÷ îî øïî÷ íð íð íð îï ðòîëð øê÷ é ïFïê øïéç÷ ìè øïîîð÷ éß î øðòç÷
Ñ²ó±ºº øÜÐÍÌ÷ êðóîëð øïëóïîð÷ ïî øé÷ íð íð íð O ðòîëð øê÷ ê ïFî øïêë÷ ìè øïîîð÷ ýïðóíî è î øðòç÷
©·¬¸ ïððóëëð øìðóîçð÷ îî øïî÷ íð íð íð O ðòïèè øè÷ ïî øíðë÷ ìè øïîîð÷ Í½®»© Ô«¹ ç î øðòç÷
Ó¿²«¿´ øÍÐÍÌ÷ íëð øïèð÷ O íð íð îð O ðòîëð øê÷ í ïFî øçð÷ íê øçïë÷ ýïðóíî ïï ï øðòì÷
Î»-»¬ Í½®»© Ô«¹
Ú·¨»¼ ¬»³°»®¿¬«®» -»¬¬·²¹

ßª¿·´¿¾·´·¬§
Í¬±½µæ Í¿³» ¼¿§ -¸·°³»²¬
Ý®±--óÎ»º»®»²½» Ú±® Ñ®¼»® É·¬¸
Ø±© ¬± Ñ®¼»® ó ó Î»°´¿½»³»²¬ Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ Ì¸·- Ò«³¾»®

îðîóðóîïóï ø-³¿´´ µ²±¾÷ ï
îðîóðóîïóî ø-³¿´´ µ²±¾÷ îðîóðóîïóîÓÞ
Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬ Ý±¼» Ò«³¾»® îðîóðóîïóì î
øÍ»» -¬±½µ ½¸¿®¬ ¿¾±ª»÷ îðîóðóîïóë îß
îðîóðóîïóí í
Û²½´±-«®» øÎ»³±¬» Ó±«²¬ Ñ²´§÷
îðîóðóîïóè ø-³¿´´ µ²±¾÷ îðîóðóîïóèÓ
Í ã Ù»²»®¿´ °«®°±-» øÒÛÓß ï÷
îðîóðóîïóê íß
É ã Ó±·-¬«®» ®»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß ì÷
îðîóðóìóî ì
Û ã Û¨°´±-·±² ®»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß é÷ îðîóðóìóê ë
ÛñÉ ã Û¨°´±-·±²ñ³±·-¬«®» ®»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß éñì÷ îðîóðóìóïé ëß
Ü ã Ü«-¬ ®»-·-¬¿²¬ øÒÛÓß ïî÷ îðîóðóìóë é
Ñ°¬·±²- îðîóðóìóïê éß
ÝÜ ã Ý»´-·«- ¼·¿´ -½¿´» îðîóðóíóï è
îðîóðóíóí ç
ÝÞ ã Ý¸®±³» ¾»¦»´
îðîóðóïóïí ïð
ÔÌÞ ã Ô·¯«·¼ó¬·¹¸¬ ¾®¿-- º·¬¬·²¹ ø íFèþóïè ÒÐÌ÷
îðîóðóîçóî ïï
ÐÔïï ã Ð·´±¬ Ô·¹¸¬ îðîóðóìïóî ø-³¿´´ µ²±¾÷ ïîß
×º §±« ±²´§ ¸¿ª» ¬¸» ¬¸»®³±-¬¿¬ ½±¼» ²«³¾»®

«-» ¬¸·- ½®±--ó®»º»®»²½» ½¸¿®¬ò
ßª¿·´¿¾·´·¬§
Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬- Ó±¼·º·»¼ Í¬±½µ æ Ì¸®»» ¬± º·ª» Í¬±½µ ±® ß--»³¾´§ Í¬±½µ «²·¬- ©·¬¸ ½¿¬¿´±¹
Í¬±½µæ Í¿³» ¼¿§ -¸·°³»²¬ ©±®µ·²¹ ¼¿§- ±°¬·±²-ò
Î»³±¬» Ó±«²¬ Ì¸»®³±-¬¿¬- Í¬¿²¼¿®¼æ Û·¹¸¬ ¬± ïð ©±®µ·²¹ ¼¿§-

Í¬±½µæ Í¿³» ¼¿§ -¸·°³»²¬ Ñ°¬·±²-ô ½±³°´»¨·¬§ ¿²¼ ¯«¿²¬·¬§
ß--»³¾´§ Í¬±½µæ Ì¸®»» ¬± º·ª» ³¿§ ¿ºº»½¬ ¿ª¿·´¿¾·´·¬§ ¿²¼ ´»¿¼
©±®µ·²¹ ¼¿§- ¬·³»-ò Ý±²-«´¬ º¿½¬±®§ò
ìîë
Falk™ Steelflex® Couplings • Installation and Maintenance
Type T20 • Sizes 1020–1170 & 20–170 (Page 1 of 6)
How To Use This Manual TYPE T20 STEELFLEX COUPLING

This manual provides detailed instructions on maintenance,
lubrication, installation, and parts identification. Use the table
of contents below to locate required information.
Table of Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1
Lube Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1
Limited End Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 1-2
Installation & Alignment Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 2-4
Annual Maintenance, Relube & Disassembly. . . . . . . . Page 4
Installation & Alignment Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 5
Parts Identification & Parts Interchangeability . . . . . . . Page 6
recommended. Sizes 1020T to 1090T20 are furnished with a
CAREFULLY FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS pre-measured amount of grease for each coupling. The
MANUAL FOR OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND TROUBLE grease can be ordered for larger size couplings.
FREE SERVICE. The use of general purpose grease requires re-lubrication of
the coupling at least annually.
Introduction
This manual applies to Sizes 1020T thru 1170T and 20T thru Long Term Grease (LTG)
170T20 Falk SteelfIex Tapered Grid Couplings. Unless The high centrifugal forces encountered in couplings separate
otherwise stated, information for Sizes 1020T thru 1170T the base oil and thickener of general purpose greases. Heavy
applies to Sizes 20T thru 170T respectively, e.g. 1020T = thickener, which has no lubrication qualities, accumulates
20T, 1100T = 100T, etc. These couplings are designed to in the grid-groove area of Steelflex couplings resulting in
operate in either the horizontal or vertical position without premature hub or grid failure unless periodic lubrication cycles
modification. are maintained.
CAUTION: Consult applicable local and national safety codes Falk Long Term Grease (LTG) was developed specifically for
for proper guarding of rotating members. Observe all safety couplings. It resists separation of the oil and thickener. The
rules when installing or servicing couplings. During assembly, consistency of Falk LTG changes with operating conditions. As
seal keyways of vertical couplings to prevent leakage. manufactured it is an NLGI #1/2 grade. Working of the
WARNING: Lockout starting switch of prime mover and remove lubricant under actual service conditions causes it to become
all external loads from drive before installing or servicing semifluid while the grease near the seals will set to a heavier
couplings. grade, helping to prevent leakage.
LTG is highly resistant to separation, easily out performing all
other lubricants tested. The resistance to separation allows the
Lube Fittings lubricant to be used for relatively long periods of time.
Depending on coupling size, cover halves have 1/8 or 3/8 NPT
Steelflex couplings initially lubricated with LTG will not require
Iube holes. Use a standard grease gun and Iube fitting as
re-lubrication until the connected equipment is stopped for
instructed on Page 4.
servicing. If a coupling leaks grease, is exposed to extreme
temperatures, excessive moisture, or experiences frequent
Limited End Float reversals, more frequent lubrication may be required.
When electric motors, generators, engines, compressors, and Although LTG grease is compatible with most other coupling
other machines are fitted with sleeve or straight roller greases, the mixing of greases may dilute the benefits of LTG.
bearings, limited axial end float kits are recommended for
protecting the bearings. Falk Steelflex couplings are easily
modified to limit end float; refer to Manual 428-820 for
USDA Approval
instructions. LTG has the United States Department of Agriculture Food Safety
& Inspection Service approval for applications where there is no
possibility of contact with edible products. (H-2 ratings).
Lubrication CAUTION: Do not use LTG in bearings.
Adequate lubrication is essential for satisfactory operation.
Page 2 provides a list of typical lubricants and specifications
for general purpose and long term greases. Because of its
superior lubricating characteristics and low centrifuge
properties, Falk Long Term Grease (LTG) is highly
Rexnord Industries, LLC, Coupling Group 428-210

5555 S. Moorland Rd., New Berlin, WI 53151-7953 USA Telephone : 262-796-4060 March 2003 (9-05 Pdf Revision)
Fax: 262-796-4064 e-mail: info@rexnord.com web: www.rexnord.com Supersedes 11-00
Installation and Maintenance • Falk™ Steelflex® Couplings
(Page 2 of 6) Type T20 • Sizes 1020–1170 & 20–170
Specifications — Falk LTG General Purpose Greases Meeting Falk

The values shown are typical and slight variations are Specifications
permissible. Lubricants listed below are typical products only and should
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE — -20°F (-29°C) to 250°F not be construed as exclusive recommendations.
(121°C). Min. Pump = 20° F (-7° C).
MINIMUM BASE OIL VISCOSITY — 3300SSU (715cST) @
TABLE 1 — General Purpose Greases H
100°F (38°C).
Ambient Temperature 0°F to 150°F -30°F to 100°F
THICKENER — Lithium & soap/polymer. Range (-18°C to 66°C) (-34°C to 38°C)
CENTRIFUGE SEPARATION CHARACTERISTICS — ASTM Manufacturer Lubricant † Lubricant †
#D4425 (Centrifuge Test) — K36 = 2/24 max., very high Amoco Oil Co. Amolith Grease #2 Amolith Grease #2
resistance to centrifuging. BP Oil Co. Energrease LS-EP2 Energrease LS-EP1
Chevron U.S.A. Inc. Dura-Lith EP2 Dura-Lith EP1
NLGI GRADE (ASTM D-217) — 1/2 Citgo Petroleum Corp. Premium Lithium Grease EP2 Premium Lithium Grease EP1
CONSISTENCY (ASTM D-217) — 60 stroke worked Conoco Inc. EP Conolith Grease #2 EP Conolith Grease #2
penetration value in the range of 315 to 360 measured at Exxon Company, USA Unirex EP2 Unirex EP2
E.F. Houghton & Co. Cosmolube 2 Cosmolube 1
77°F (25°C) Imperial Oil Ltd. Unirex EP2 Unirex EP2
Kendall Refining Co. Lithium Grease L421 Lithium Grease L421
MINIMUM DROPPING POINT — 350°F (177°C) minimum
Keystone Div. (Pennwalt) 81 EP-2 81 EP-1
MINIMUM TIMKEN O.K. LOAD — 40 lbs. Lyondell Petrochemical Litholine H EP 2 Grease Litholine H EP 2 Grease
ADDITIVES — Rust and oxidation inhibitors that do not (ARCO)
Mobil Oil Corp. Mobilux EP111 Mobilith AW1
corrode steel or swell or deteriorate synthetic seals. Petro-Canada Products Multipurpose EP2 Multipurpose EP1
Phillips 66 Co. Philube Blue EP Philube Blue EP
Packaging Shell Oil Co. Alvania Grease 2 Alvania Grease 2
Shell Canada Ltd. Alvania Grease 2 Alvania Grease 2
14 oz (0,4 kg ) CARTRIDGES — Individual or case lots of 10 Sun Oil Co. Ultra Prestige 2EP Ultra Prestige 2EP
or 30. Texaco Lubricants Starplex HD2 Multifak EP2
Unocal 76 (East & West) Unoba EP2 Unoba EP2
35 lb (16 kg )PAIL, 120 lb (54 kg ) KEG & 400 lb (181 kg) Valvoline Oil Co. Multilube Lithium EP Grease ...
DRUMS. H Grease application or re-lubrication should be done at temperatures above 20°F
(-7°C). If grease must be applied below 20°F (-7°C), consult the Factory.
† Lubricants listed may not be suitable for use in the food processing industry; check
with lube manufacturer for approved lubricants.
General Purpose Grease Installation Of Type T20 Steelflex Tapered

Annual Lubrication — The following specifications and Grid Couplings
lubricants for general purpose grease apply to Falk Steelflex
couplings that are lubricated annually and operate within
ambient temperatures of 0°F to 150°F (-18°C to 66°C). For Installation
temperatures beyond this range (see Table 1), refer to Falk. Only standard mechanics tools, wrenches, a straight edge,
If a coupling leaks grease, is exposed to extreme and feeler gauges are required to install Falk Steelflex
temperatures, excessive moisture, or experiences frequent couplings. Clean all parts using a non-flammable solvent.
reversals, more frequent lubrication may be required. Check hubs, shafts and keyways for burrs. Coupling Sizes
1020T thru 1090T are generally furnished for CLEARANCE
FIT with setscrew over the keyway. Sizes 1100T and larger are
Specifications — General Purpose Coupling furnished for an INTERFERENCE FIT without a setscrew.
Lubricants CLEARANCE FIT HUBS — Clean all parts using a
The values shown are typical and slight variations are non-flammable solvent. Check hubs, shafts, and keyways for
permissible. burrs. Do not heat clearance fit hubs. Install keys, mount hubs
DROPPING POINT — 300°F (149°C) or higher. with flange face flush with shaft ends or as otherwise specified
and tighten setscrews.
CONSISTENCY — NLGI No. 2 with 60 stroke worked
penetration value in the range of 250 to 300. INTERFERENCE FIT HUBS — Furnished without setscrews. Heat
hubs to a maximum of 275°F (135°C) using an oven, torch,
SEPARATION AND RESISTANCE — Low oil separation rate induction heater, or an oil bath. To prevent seal damage, DO
and high resistance to separation from centrifuging. NOT heat hubs beyond a maximum temperature of 400°F
LIQUID CONSTITUENT — Possess good lubricating (205°C).
properties equivalent to a high quality, well refined petroleum When an oxy-acetylene or blow torch is used, use an excess
oil. acetylene mixture. Mark hubs near the center of their length in
INACTIVE — Must not corrode steel or cause swelling or several places on hub body with a temperature sensitive
deterioration of synthetic seals. crayon, 275°F (135°C) melt temperature. Direct flame towards
CLEAN — Free from foreign inclusions. hub bore using constant motion to avoid overheating an area.
428-210 Rexnord Industries, LLC, Coupling Group

March 2003 (9-05 Pdf Revision) 5555 S. Moorland Rd., New Berlin, WI 53151-7953 USA Telephone : 262-796-4060
Supersedes 11-00 Fax: 262-796-4064 e-mail: info@rexnord.com web: www.rexnord.com
WARNING: If an oil bath is used, the oil must have a flash Use a spacer bar equal in thickness to the gap specified in
point of 350°F (177°C) or higher. Do not rest hubs on the Table 2, Page 5. Insert bar as shown below left, to same depth
bottom of the container. Do not use an open flame in a at 90° intervals and measure clearance between bar and hub
combustible atmosphere or near combustible materials. face with feelers. The difference in minimum and maximum
Heat hubs as instructed above. Mount hubs as quickly as possible measurements must not exceed the ANGULAR installation
with hub face flush with shaft end. Allow hubs to cool before limits specified in Table 2.
proceeding. Insert setscrews (if required) and tighten.
3 — Offset Alignment
Maximize Performance And Life
The performance and life of couplings depend largely upon
how you install and maintain them. Before installing
couplings, make certain that foundations of equipment to be
connected meet manufacturers’ requirements. Check for soft
foot. The use of stainless steel shims is recommended.
Measuring misalignment and positioning equipment within
alignment tolerances is simplified with an alignment computer.
These calculations can also be done graphically or
mathematically.
Alignment is shown using spacer bar and straight edge. This
practice has proven to be adequate for many industrial
applications. However, for superior final alignment, the use of
dial indicators (see Manual 458-834 for instructions), lasers,
alignment computers, or graphical analysis is recommended. Align so that a straight edge rests squarely (or within the limits
specified in Table 2) on both hubs as shown above and also at
1— Mount Covers, Seals & Hubs 90° intervals. Check with feelers. The clearance must not
exceed the PARALLEL OFFSET installation limits specified in
Table 2. Tighten all foundation bolts and repeat Steps 2 and
3. Realign coupling if necessary.
4 — Insert Grid
Lock out starting switch of prime mover. Clean all metal parts
using a non-flammable solvent. Place seals into each cover half
and lightly coat seals with grease. Place covers on shafts BEFORE
mounting hubs. Heat interference fit hubs as previously instructed.
Seal keyways to prevent leakage. Mount hubs on their respective
shafts so the hub face is flush with the end of its shaft unless
otherwise indicated. Tighten setscrews when furnished.
2 — Gap & Angular Alignment
Insert gasket thru the gap and hang it on either hub. Pack gap
and grooves with specified lubricant before inserting grid. When
grids are furnished in two or more segments, install them so that
all cut ends extend in the same direction (as detailed in the
exploded view picture above); this will assure correct grid contact
with non-rotating pin in cover halves. Spread the grid slightly to
pass over the coupling teeth and seat with a soft mallet.

5 — Pack With Grease & Assemble Covers Annual Maintenance

For extreme or unusual operating conditions, check coupling
more frequently.
1. Check alignment per steps on Page 3. If the maximum
operating misalignment limits are exceeded, realign the
coupling to the recommended installation limits. See Table
2 for installation and operating alignment limits.
2. Check tightening torques of all fasteners.
3. Inspect seal ring and gasket to determine if replacement is
required. If leaking grease, replace.
4. When connected equipment is serviced, disassemble the
coupling and inspect for wear. Replace worn parts. Clean
grease from coupling and repack with new grease. Install
coupling using new gasket as instructed in this manual.
Periodic Lubrication
The required frequency of lubrication is directly related to the type

Pack the spaces between and around the grid with as much of lubricant chosen, and the operating conditions. Steelflex
lubricant as possible and wipe off excess flush with top of grid. couplings lubricated with common industrial lubricants, such as
Make certain lube plugs are removed to ease in cover those shown in Table 1, should be relubed annually. The use of
assembly. Slide cover halves with seals onto hubs and position Falk Long Term Grease (LTG) will allow relube intervals to be
with lube holes 180° apart (90° apart for Sizes 1150 thru extended to beyond five years. When relubing, remove both lube
1170). Line up cover and gasket bolt holes and secure with plugs and insert lube fitting. Fill with recommended lubricant until
fasteners; tighten to torque specified in Table 2. CAUTION: an excess appears at the opposite hole. CAUTION: Make
Make certain lube plugs are installed before operating. certain all plugs have been inserted after lubricating.
Coupling Disassembly & Grid Removal
Whenever it is necessary to disconnect the coupling, remove

the cover halves and grid. A round rod or screwdriver that will
conveniently fit into the open loop ends of the grid is required.
Begin at the open end of the grid section and insert the rod or
screwdriver into the loop ends. Use the teeth adjacent to each
loop as a fulcrum and pry the grid out radially in even,
gradual stages, proceeding alternately from side to side.

Type T Coupling Installation & Alignment Values may be combined for an installation or operating condition.
Data Example: 1060T max. operating misalignment is .016"
Maximum life and minimum maintenance for the coupling and parallel plus .018" angular.
connected machinery will result if couplings are accurately NOTE: For applications requiring greater misalignment, refer
aligned. Coupling life expectancy between initial alignment application details to the Factory.
and maximum operating limits is a function of load, speed Angular misalignment is dimension X minus Y as illustrated below.
and lubrication. Maximum operating values listed in Table 2
are based on cataloged allowable rpm. Parallel misalignment is distance P between the hub center
lines as illustrated below.
Values listed are based upon the use of the gaps listed,
standard coupling components, standard assemblies, and End float (with zero angular and parallel misalignment) is the axial
cataloged allowable speeds. movement of the hubs(s) within the cover(s) measured from “O” gap.
ANGULAR MISALIGNMENT PARALLEL OFFSET MISALIGNMENT END FLOAT

Y F F
P
X GAP
TABLE 2 — Misalignment & End Float

Installation Limits Operating Limits
Cover Fastener
Hub Gap End Float Tightening Lube Wt
Parallel Angular Parallel Angular
Physical Limit Allow
SIZE Offset-P (x-y) ± 10% Offset-P (x-y) Torque Values Speed
(Min) 2 x F
(rpm)
Max Max Max Max Max Max Max Max
Inch mm Inch mm (lb-in) (Nm) lb kg
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
1020T .006 0,15 .003 0,08 .125 3 .012 0,30 .010 0,25 .186 4,72 100 11,3 6000 .06 0,03
1030T .006 0,15 .003 0,08 .125 3 .012 0,30 .012 0,30 .186 4,72 100 11,3 6000 .09 0,04
1040T .006 0,15 .003 0,08 .125 3 .012 0,30 .013 0,33 .186 4,72 100 11,3 6000 .12 0,05
1050T .008 0,20 .004 0,10 .125 3 .016 0,41 .016 0,41 .186 4,72 200 23,6 6000 .15 0,07
1060T .008 0,20 .005 0,13 .125 3 .016 0,41 .018 0,46 .220 5,59 200 22,6 6000 .19 0,09
1070T .008 0,20 .005 0,13 .125 3 .016 0,41 .020 0,51 .220 5,59 200 22,6 5500 .25 0,11
1080T .008 0,20 .006 0,15 .125 3 .016 0,41 .024 0,61 .282 7,16 200 22,6 4750 .38 0,17
1090T .008 0,20 .007 0,18 .125 3 .016 0,41 .028 0,71 .282 7,16 200 22,6 4000 .56 0,25
1100T .010 0,25 .008 0,20 .188 5 .020 0,51 .033 0,84 .408 10,36 260 29,4 3250 .94 0,43
1110T .010 0,25 .009 0,23 .188 5 .020 0,51 .036 0,91 .408 10,36 260 29,4 3000 1.1 0,51
1120T .011 0,28 .010 0,25 .250 6 .022 0,56 .040 1,02 .546 13,87 260 29,4 2700 1.6 0,74
1130T .011 0,28 .012 0,30 .250 6 .022 0,56 .047 1,19 .548 13,92 650 73,4 2400 2.0 0,91
1140T .011 0,28 .013 0,33 .250 6 .022 0,56 .053 1,35 .568 14,43 650 73,4 2200 2.5 1,14
1150T .012 0,30 .016 0,41 .250 6 .024 0,61 .062 1,57 .620 15,75 650 146 2000 4.2 1,91
1160T .012 0,30 .018 0,46 .250 6 .024 0,61 .070 1,78 .630 16,00 1300 146 1750 6.2 2,81
1170T .012 0,30 .020 0,51 .250 6 .024 0,61 .079 2,01 .630 16,00 1300 146 1600 7.7 3,49

Parts Identification Parts Interchangeability

All coupling parts have identifying part numbers as shown Parts are interchangeable between Sizes 20T and 1020T, 30T
below. Parts 3 and 4 (Hubs and Grids), are the same for both and 1030T, etc. except as noted.
Type T10 and T20 couplings. All other coupling parts are unique to GRIDS — Size 1020T thru 1140T Steelflex couplings use blue
Type T20. When ordering parts, always SPECIFY SIZE and TYPE grids or non-painted grids. Older models, 20T thru 140T, use
shown on the COVER. orange grids.
CAUTION: Blue grids may be used in all applications, but DO
NOT substitute orange grids for blue.
PART NUMBER LOCATION
7 2 5 2
3 4
SIZE & 1 SIZE 3 1
PART
NUMBER
SIZE, PART NUMBER

& BORE
PART DESCRIPTION ORDER INFORMATION

1. Seal (T20) 1. Identify part(s) required by
2. Cover (T20) name above.
3. Hub (Specify bore 2. Furnish the following
and keyway) information.
4. Grid EXAMPLE:
Coupling Size: 1030
5. Gasket (T20) Coupling Type: T20
6. Fasteners (T20) — Coupling Model: B
may be supplied with one Bore: 1.375
set each of inch series Keyway: .375 x .187
fasteners and metric 3. Price parts from appropriate
fasteners. price list and discount sheet.
7. Lube Plug

MANSAROVAR
Colombia, 2010
Section 8
INSTRUMENTATION
• Terminal connection
• P&ID SCOPE DRAFT
SPS Instrumentation / Electrical Report
Customer: MANSAROVAR
Order no.: ZP0172Z
Serial no.: TBA
Date: TBA
Instrumentation
*Refer to instrument data sheet for output signal type
**Refer to instrument calibration certificate or other documentation noting factory calibration range
Note: refer to instrument data sheet and meter's user manual for instructions on how to take proper readings
Transmitter / transducer Switch

Output signal type -
Tag no. Instrument type Description Cal. Range** Measured output signal Converted reading Open state Closed state Pass Fail
4-20ma, 0-10vdc, etc.*
Electrical
Affected sample /
Test type Code or standard used WG Procedure used Equipment used Pass/Fail criteria Pass Fail
tag no.
F462-NR
PSS
68007
8" x 6"
PSD
68010
6" CL150
TM19000-24Stg INSTRUMENTS:
- RTD motor (Winding and Bearing)
- TT201: Conax Temperature Transmitter
- XT202: Metrix Vibration Transmitter w/display
- PS101: Gems Pressure Switch (end of cooler)
- PIT68007: Rosemount 3051T w/Hart Comm
- PIT68010: Rosemount 3051T w/Hart Comm
- PSS6807: Murphy press Gage and switch-45APE
- PSD6810: Murphy press Gage and switch-45APE
- PG: Gage Press of Thrust Chamber
- LG: Indicator Level of oil reservoir
MANSAROVAR- JAZMIN FIELD

P&ID SCOPE DRAFT
MANSAROVAR
Colombia, 2010
Section 9
NAMEPLATES
3 Units TM19000
SPS SYSTEM'S NAMEPLATE
CUSTOMER: MANSAROVAR- JAZMIN
PO: ZP0172Z
FRAME NAMEPLATE 1
Please, fill in boxes
PATENT NO US 6,450,782 B1 DATE 9/17/02

Wood Group ESP, Inc. PATENT NO DATE
SPS FRAME PATENT NO DATE
PART NO 165235 # OF PUMP SUPPORTS 4
SERL NO TBA

TYPE/LGTH SPS,22A,4TM19000A,24STG,5010USS,EMS SPECIFIC
0.998
GRAVITY
FLOW RATE 583USGpm DIFFERNTIAL 1073.7 psig SUCTION 101 psig SERVICE CONTINUOUS
PRESSURE PRESSURE
MADE IN USA
NAMEPLAE PN 159705
CUSTOMER INFORMATION 2 NAMEPLATE LOCATION

Wood Group ESP Inc.
Customer Information
CUST MANSAROVAR
PO NUMBER 23-2010001525
ENG/CONST
EQUIP TAG P-1-5-105A

SERVICE WATER INYECTION
CONTINUOUS
2 1
MADE IN USA SPS CUSTOMER INFO
NAMEPLATE PN 169375
7K9C00009Z
PO: ZP0172Z
FRAME NAMEPLATE 1

SERL NO TBA

0.998
GRAVITY
PRESSURE PRESSURE
MADE IN USA
NAMEPLAE PN 159705

Wood Group ESP Inc.
CUST MANSAROVAR
PO NUMBER 23-2010001525
ENG/CONST
EQUIP TAG P-1-5-105B

CONTINUOUS
2 1
NAMEPLATE PN 169375
7K9C00010Z
PO: ZP0172Z
FRAME NAMEPLATE 1

SERL NO TBA

0.998
GRAVITY
PRESSURE PRESSURE
MADE IN USA
NAMEPLAE PN 159705

Wood Group ESP Inc.
CUST MANSAROVAR
PO NUMBER 23-2010001525
ENG/CONST
EQUIP TAG P-1-5-105C

CONTINUOUS
2 1
NAMEPLATE PN 169375
7K9C00010Z
MANSAROVAR
Colombia, 2010
Section 10
FABRICATION SCHEDULE
3 Units TM19000
ID Task Name Duration Start Finish 2nd Half 1st Half 2nd Half
Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th
May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct
1 PROYECTO INYECCION CAMPO JAZMIN (SUMINISTRO DE 3 BOMBAS SPS) 98.5 days Wed 24/03/10 Mon 09/08/10
2 Recepción Orden de Compra 6.5 days Wed 24/03/10 Thu 01/04/10

3 Entrega de la OC a WG por parte de MANSAROVAR 1 day Wed 24/03/10 Wed 24/03/10 24/03 24/03
4 Definición Términos OC suplidores WG 1 day Thu 25/03/10 Thu 25/03/10 25/03 25/03
5 Realizar Cartas de Inteción para los Suplidores TOSHIBA, SUDEIM 0.5 days Fri 26/03/10 Fri 26/03/10 26/03 26/03
6 Pago de Pólizas 4 days Fri 26/03/10 Thu 01/04/10 26/03 01/04
7 Relizar y Revisar las OC para TOSHIBA y SUDEIM (180 días Plazo) 3 days Fri 26/03/10 Wed 31/03/10 26/03 31/03
8 Realizar OC para SUDEIM 5 SKIDS (180 días Plazo) 3 days Fri 26/03/10 Wed 31/03/10 26/03 31/03
9 Relizar OC para 5 SPS TM19K (180 días Plazo) 3 days Fri 26/03/10 Wed 31/03/10 26/03 31/03
10 Fase 1 Documentación Técnica 32 days Wed 31/03/10 Fri 14/05/10
11 Solicitud formal Información Técnica TOSHIBA y SUDEIM 1 day Wed 31/03/10 Thu 01/04/10 31/03 01/04
12 Solicitud Información Técnica WG de la Bomba TM 19K (Guillermo Cardozo) 5 days Wed 31/03/10 Wed 07/04/10 31/03 07/04
13 Entrega Información técnica Equipos TOSHIBA (Dos (2 ) Copias Duras y Dos (2) Magnéticas) 5 days Wed 07/04/10 Wed 14/04/10 07/04 14/04
14 Entrega Información técnica SKIDS y Controles (Dos (2 ) Copias Duras y Dos (2) Magnéticas) 5 days Wed 07/04/10 Wed 14/04/10 07/04 14/04
15 Entrega Información técnica Equipos WG (Dos (2 ) Copias Duras y Dos (2) Magnéticas) 21 days Wed 14/04/10 Thu 13/05/10
16 Elaboracion del Bill Of Material.(Oklahoma y Argentina ) 20 days Wed 14/04/10 Wed 12/05/10 14/04 12/05
17 Entrega de Planos e Informacion tecnica de WG 1 day Wed 12/05/10 Thu 13/05/10 12/05 13/05
18 Realización Carta a Mansarovar para Entrega Física de documentos de Ingeniería 0.5 days Thu 13/05/10 Thu 13/05/10 13/05 13/05
19 Entrega a Mansarovar información Técnica ( Soporte de Entrega) 0.5 days Fri 14/05/10 Fri 14/05/10 14/05 14/05
20 Compra de Partes (BYO) y Fabricacion de Componentes en USA 65 days Wed 31/03/10 Wed 30/06/10
21 Compra y Despacho Partes menores para 3 Equipos 10 days Fri 14/05/10 Fri 28/05/10 14/05 28/05
22 Fabricación Componentes Wood Group: Fabricacion de Bombas, Camara de Empuje, Cooler, camara de 20 days Wed 31/03/10 Wed 28/04/10 31/03 28/04
Succion, Soportes de Bomba, Plan de Lubricacion del Sello, Lubricacion de la Camara de Empuje, Tuberia
Conduit para Señales electricas, Juntion Box
23 Costrucción 3 Motores TOSHIBA 500 HP 460 VAC 2P 40 days Wed 31/03/10 Wed 26/05/10 31/03 26/05
24 Costrucción 3 VFD TOSHIBA 500 HP 460 VAC 45 days Wed 31/03/10 Wed 02/06/10 31/03 02/06
25 Construcción 3 Skids por SUDEIM Bogota Colombia 15 days Wed 31/03/10 Wed 21/04/10 31/03 21/04
26 Transporte Maritimo y Nacionalización Partes en Stock a Bogota 20 days Wed 02/06/10 Wed 30/06/10 02/06 30/06
27 Fase 2 Entrega 70% AS BUILD INFORME 55 days Thu 25/03/10 Wed 09/06/10
28 Coordinación visitas a Plantas Proveedores por WG y Ecopetrol 3 days Thu 25/03/10 Mon 29/03/10 25/03 29/03
29 Visita Planta TOSHIBA (HOUSTON)+ pruebas FAT 3 days Mon 31/05/10 Wed 02/06/10 31/05 02/06
30 Visita Planta WG (OKC)+ pruebas FAT 7 days Mon 31/05/10 Tue 08/06/10 31/05 08/06
31 Elaboración Informe Con pruebas FAT General 5 days Thu 03/06/10 Wed 09/06/10 03/06 09/06
32 Fase 3 Entrega Equipos Campo Jazmin 32 days Fri 28/05/10 Tue 13/07/10
33 Entrega de tres (3) Motores TOSHIBA Planta WG de Cota 1 day Fri 28/05/10 Mon 31/05/10 28/05 31/05
34 Entrega de Tres (3) VFD TOSHIBA planta WG de Cota 1 day Wed 30/06/10 Thu 01/07/10 30/06 01/07
35 Entrega de TRES (3) Bombas WG Planta WG de Cota 1 day Wed 30/06/10 Thu 01/07/10 30/06 01/07
36 Ensamble y Pre Alineación Conjuntos 1,2 y 3 en Colombia 4 days Thu 01/07/10 Wed 07/07/10 01/07 07/07
37 Carga y Transporte de Equipos 1,2 y 3 Pre-ensamblados hasta Pto Boyaca 3 days Wed 07/07/10 Mon 12/07/10 07/07 12/07
38 Entrega Formal equipos en Campo Jazmin Pto. Boyaca 1 day Mon 12/07/10 Tue 13/07/10 12/07 13/07
39 Fase 4 Acompañamiento Arranque 19 days Tue 13/07/10 Mon 09/08/10
40 Acompañamiento arranque Equipos WG 1,2 Y3 (Dos Días Por Equipo) 6 days Tue 13/07/10 Wed 21/07/10 13/07 21/07
41 Acompañamiento arranque Equipos RA 1,2 y 3 (Dos Días Por Equipo) 6 days Wed 21/07/10 Thu 29/07/10 21/07 29/07
42 Elaboración Pruebas SAT WG,TSB 5 days Thu 29/07/10 Thu 05/08/10 29/07 05/08
43 Finalización 2 days Thu 05/08/10 Mon 09/08/10 05/08 09/08
Project: Cronograma de Actividades V ā #ୀ$ୀ 1ୀKā ĀĀ#ୀ$ୀ

Date: Mon 07/06/10
Page 1
MANSAROVAR
Colombia, 2010
Section 11
PACKING PROCEDURES
3 Units TM19000
N/J INTERNATIONAL, INC.
EXPORT PACKING REQUIREMENTS 4/5/2010
15.0 Export Packing Requirements

This specification defines the minimum export packing requirements for equipment and materials. This specification defines
minimum standards for export packing and does not relieve the packer of his responsibility to adequately protect the equipment
packed for export. Deviations from this specification must be approved in writing by the buyer.
15.1.0 Containerization
15.1.1 By assigning specific areas of our warehouse for specific destinations of Customer's material, N/J is able
to consolidate compatible cargo to bulk shipments and also be able to fabricate specifically designed
boxes for container stuffing. It is N/J's objective to utilize the maximum useable footage of each 20-foot
and 40-foot container and thus save Customer excessive ocean freight rates.
We prefer to take photographs of all project container stuffing and blocking. As containers are being
loaded, three internal photographs are taken of 40-foot containers and two internal photographs are
taken of 20-foot containers. Past experience has proven this policy to be extremely valuable to the
customer, insurance companies, and the personnel at the container's final destination. The photographs
also often assist in clearing customs.
A loading manifest will also be provided for each container.
15.2.0 Workmanship
15.2.1 Material used for packaging, packing, wrapping, sealers. moisture-resistant barriers and corrosion
preventatives shall be recognized brands and grades, and shall conform to the best standards in the
areas in which the articles are packed.
15.2.2 Workmanship shall be in accordance with best commercial practice and with the requirements for the
applicable specification. There shall be no defects, imperfections, or omissions which would tend to
impair the protection afforded by the package as a whole.
15.2.3 All orders should be shipped complete in one shipment. Detailed packing lists shall be issued showing
weights and dimensions, and exact contents of each case. All paperwork shall be performed in
accordance with instructions in the specification.
15.3.0 Material design and fabrication of Wooden Boxes and Pallets
15.3.1 Lumber shall be sound and well seasoned (to a moisture content of not less than ten (10) Percent nor
more than twenty (20) percent of its oven dry weight), of nominal dimensions, Douglas Fir or equal for
boxes and Class C woods for pallets. Pieces shall be free from all defects that may materially weaken
them or interfere with nailing. Knots shall be sound and not in excess of 1/3 the width of the board.
Knots shall be so located at not to cause weaknesses. All nails used in boxes and crates shall be
cement coated wire box nails. For maximum strength, nails shall be driven into the side grain of the
lumber. Staples are not allowed. Nails used in pallet construction shall be cement-coated screw shank
or annular ring nails.
15.3.2 Boxes
15.3.2.1 All boxes over 27 cu. ft. shall be made by using 2-inch framing. All boxes under 27 cu. ft. shall
be made by using 1-inch framing, unless the shape of the cargo dictates 2-inch framing. Interior
support board shall be strong enough to withstand stevedore handling.
15.3.2 2 The ends and sides shall be as follows:
3/8-inch plywood sheathing (small crate)

1/2-inch plywood sheathing (large crate)
2" x 4" or 4" x 4" runners for skids
Deck framing shall be as follows:
2" x 6" or 2" x 8"
Tops of crates shall be one piece whenever possible to avoid damage through cracks, otherwise a top coating is
required.
15.3.2.3 Waterproof lining shall be used for sides, ends, and top of crates. Proper venting of cargo boxes
containing machinery is required, as well as sufficient use of desiccants.
15.3.2.4 Weight of contents up to 500 pounds: Use a 1" cleated plywood box constructed at no less than
3/8" thick plywood. Boxes shall be strapped with two (2) bands of steel strapping.
15.3.2.5 Over 500 to 1000 pounds: Boxes for this weight range shall be constructed of 3/8" plywood and
1" x 4" cleatings and modified to include a skid base of 1" deck with 2" x 4" lumber skids. Boxes
shall be strapped with a minimum of two (2) bands of steel strapping
15.3.2.6 Over 1,000 to 8,000 pounds: Cases for weight of contents in excess of 1,000 pounds shall have
a skid type base. These skids should be a minimum of 4" x 4" lumber secured to headers with
1/2" diameter carriage bolts. The deck should be of 2" lumber. Sides and ends should be of 1/2"
DC exterior glued plywood sheathing with 2" x 4" or 2" x 6" framing members. The top
construction shall be 2" lumber and 3/8" plywood. The corners of these cases shall be reinforced
by the addition of perforated steel corner strapping.
15.3.2.7 Over 8000 pounds: Where weights exceed 8,000 pounds, construction shall be similar to that of
government Specification MlL-C-1O4 modified for commercial use. Rework shall be provided to
bear super-imposed weights while in ship holds.
15.3.2.8 Table of skid sizes:
Net Weight Max. Length Size of

of Load of Crate Skid Runner
(lbs) (ft) (in.)
500-1000 8 2x4
1001-2000 16 4x4
2001-20000 30 4x6
20001-30000 30 6x6
30001-50000 30 6x8
50001-80000 35 8x8
80001-100000 35 8 x 10
15.3.2.9 All skid runners shall be spaced no greater than 48-inches center to center. All runners shall be
Class C hardwood Oak is preferred.
15.3.2.10 If length exceeds limit shown in the table above, the next larger size shall be used.
15.3.2.11 The headers shall be the same size as the skid runners and bolted into each skid runner. The
deck of the skid should be all 2" lumber. Side and end construction should have sheathing with a
minimum thickness of 1/2" CD exterior glued plywood.
15.3.2.12 All internal framework shall be of 2" lumber and shall have diagonal bracing commensurate with
the size of the container. It shall be similar to Military specification MIL-C-104A construction.
15.3.1.13 Crates shall be constructed of nominal lumber indicated for sheathed crates. Crates shall be
diagonally braced on all faces, and all 3-way corner joints shall be constructed as illustrated and
suitable for lumber hooks, slings and forklifts. Skids shall be installed where total weight exceeds
200 pounds. A fully sheathed box is preferred for material and equipment weighing over 1,000
pounds, though in instances where open crate construction is applicable, specification for
skidded, framed boxes shall be followed insofar as skid, framing, waterproofing and marking are
concerned. Crate must be constructed to support its own gross weight when supported by grab-
hooks at the top, slings around the end or base, or forklift forks, and to withstand crushing action
when pushed or moved by draglines.
15.3.2.14 Metal strapping shall be unannealed steel applied with a stretching tool and secured with
crimped steel seals. Metal strap must be cut evenly at seal with no sharp edge. Strap must be
applied one-sixth the distance from each end of box. Straps used shall be at least 3/4" x .028
H.D. for crates less than 100 pounds, and 1-1/4" x .031" H.D. for crates over 100 pounds. The
same rule shall apply for corner straps. Straps shall be held in place by the use of edge
protectors.
15.3.2.15 Heavy items shall be immobilized with wood braces. Fragile items shall be cushioned. Material
packed in large boxes shall be layered between plywood sheets to maintain load integrity during
transit.
15.3.3 Pallets
15.3.3.1 Standard pallets shall be Class C wood construction 48" x 48" unless material to be palletized
requires additional length. Pallets for sacked articles such at cement, mud, sand, etc., shall be
48" x 40" (or as required), with 5/8" CD exterior glued plywood decks and Class C wood stringers
and bottom deckboards. (Acceptable alternative plywood grades are CCX pine and ACX or BCX
fir).
15.3.3.2 Pallets shall be double face, double wing, non-reversible type with two-way entry. Both top and
bottom deckboards, or plywood decks protrude 4" beyond stringers for bar sling loading aboard
ship.
15.3.3.3 Pallets shall have three (3) Class C wood stringers of uniform height, providing not less than 3-
1/2" opening between top and bottom deckboards.
15.3.3.4 All deckboards shall be parallel and fastened to stringers at 90 degree angles. Edge boards of
top and bottom decks should not be less than 6" nominal width. Remainder of the deckboards
may be random 4" to 8" width. All deck boards shall is nominal 1" lumber of uniform thickness.
Maximum spacing between deckboards shall be no more than 2".
15.3.3.5 Three (3) kinds at fastenings are acceptable: bolts and nuts, drive screws (helical threaded
nails), and annular ring nails.
a. When bolts and nuts are used, the nut bearing surface of the pallet will be faced with a
combination of flat and lock washers. Tee nuts are recommended, which permit elimination of
flat and lock washers, although it is necessary to apply torque washers under commercial
carriage bolt heads. Counter boring of deckboards is necessary. 0utside edge deckboards shall
have at least two (2) bolt and nut combinations at each end, and at least one (1) bolt and nut at
center bearing points. Random width deck boards should have at least one (1) bolt and nut
combination at each bearing point. The correct size of tee nut or equivalent for various pallet
loads is as follows:
To 2500 pounds - 1/4" NC THD

To 4000 pounds - 5/16" NC THD
Over 4000 pounds - 3/8" NC THD
b. For deckboards not over 1" thick, use cement coated 2-1/2" 8d flat head, diamond point drive
screw or cement coated No. 10 wire gauge 2-1/2" - diamond point annular ring nails.
Deckboards shall be nailed at all bearing points.
For: 3-1/2" to 5-3/8" width of deck board, use two (2) of either type of nail.
For : 5-1/2" to 7-3/8" width, use three (3) nails.
For: 7-1/2" to 8" width, use four (4) nails
In order to prevent splitting, nails shall be staggered
15.4.0 Preservation
15.4.1 Articles fabricated of metals subject to corrosion (rust) will be exposed to severe environments of
moisture, sand, and heat. Process all metal subject to corrosion with a rust preventative suitable for the
purpose intended. Iron and steel articles not having highly finished surfaces shall be protected by the
application of a suitable thin film preservative (hard drying, cold application) if the nature of the item
permits removal of the preservative with a petroleum base solvent.
15.4.2 Steel articles having highly finished surfaces of simple design shall be protected by the application of a
suitable heavy preservative (hot dip). Articles such as bearings, impellers, and similar expensive
materials shall be coated with transparent plastic Dip Seal or equivalent prior to packing to prevent
damage due to rough handling, rust, and corrosion.
15.4.3 Cortec VCI technology represents a breakthrough solution in corrosion prevention. VCI products protect
metals with a chemically adsorbed mono-molecular layer that provides multi-metal corrosion protection.
The vapor coverage is complete - all surfaces, including crevices, cavities and other inaccessible void
areas receive total protection. The VCI barrier is self-replenishing, even for packaging that is repeatedly
opened, and typically protects for up to 24 months.
15.5.0 General Requirements
15.5.1 Waterproof case liner (in bag form, or an over wrap fabricated of asphalt laminated Kraft paper and
sealed with waterproof adhesive) shall be used if the goods are susceptible to damage from moisture
15.5.2 Articles shall be nested or packed to reduce volume as much as possible.
15.5.3 Fragile articles shall be wrapped in bubble or microfoam wrap or some equally efficient cushioning
material and floated in a suitable cushioning material of physical properties not harmful to article.
15.5.4 Bundled and strapped items shall be segregated to length and size, and bundled into units not to exceed
2240 pounds. Apply (width 1-1/4", thickness .031 H.D.) steel strap with a stretching tool and secure with
crimped steel seals spaced up to 36" apart. Apply appropriate markings on a board or metal plate of
suitable size wired or strapped securely to the bundle.
15.5.5 Equipment such as control panels, instruments, and electrical devices, shall be sacked in an interior
moisture-vapor-proof barrier by using Metalam Marvelseal #1311E, MIL-8-31E Class or equal, with a
silica gel or comparable desiccant to absorb moisture within the package, and polyethylene shrouded.
Equipment must be secured to the case with bolts, blocks or straps.
15.5.6 Openings in electrical motors, generators and other electrical equipment shall be sealed with waterproof
tape or in some equally efficient manner.
15.5.7 Screw cap closures on glass or metal containers must be tight, with a suitable seal to prevent loss of
contents.
15.5.8 In general, bagged items such as cement, muds, and sands shall be stacked no more than six (6) high
on double faced, double wing pallets. Sacks shall be secured to the pallet by an application of
waterproofing protection to the load such as a shrink wrap or a fiberboard cap banded to the pallet.
Sacks will be glued to pallet and to each other to prevent shifting.
15.5.9 Transformers shall be shipped filled with total oil capacity and in full operating condition.
15.5.10 Sufficient air space shall be provided in liquid filled containers to provide space for expansion and
minimize head pressure to withstand exposure to extreme heat (130 F).
15.5.11 A special lifting device such at spreader bars, shackles, cables and all special shipping containers and
cradles supplied by a manufacturer for articles to be shipped shall remain attached to the article until
installed at the final destination. During land and sea transportation these items shall be blocked.
15.5.12 Valves-General - Small valves (less than 3") shall be individually tagged and openings plugged with
caps, flange protector, or thread or end protectors if threaded or butt weld. They shall be packed in the
manufacturers export boxed carton. Several cartons of the same item or different items on the same
purchase order can be export crated or boxed together as long as this is clearly shown on the box or
crate stencil and on packing lists.
15.5.13 Larger Valves - Large valves (3" and over) shall be protected by a thin film of preservative that can be
removed with a petroleum solvent. Flanges shall be protected by hard board, particle board, plywood, or
plastic insert caps that cover the entire O.D. of the valve flange. Butt welded valves shall be similarly
preserved, coated, and protected with butt end protectors.
15.5.14 Screwed or socket weld valves shall have similar preventative coating, and faces shall be protected be
removable plastic caps or plugs.
15.5.15 Operators and/or hand wheels, levers, or reach rods shall be removed from valves by, manufacturer after
testing and inspecting, similarly protected and boxed in the same box as the valves, and similarly tagged
as valves. Electric, hydraulic, air and electrical operators shall have all holes plugged to prevent entry of
moisture and sand.
15.5.16 Valves and operators, hand wheels, and levers shall be suitably blocked or packed individually in boxes
to prevent shifting or damage due to rough handling.
15.5.17 Two-way entry, self-stacking, plywood box or bin type (with cover) 48" x 48" pallets shall be used for
valves and operators, using 5/8" CD exterior glued plywood for decks, sides, and tops with B wood frame
and C wood for stringers or skids fastened with cement coated drive screws or galvanized lag screws.
15.5.18 Flanges - All flanges shall be suitably protected with a thin coating of preservative and either steel
strapped and blocked on 48" x 48" pallets manufactured using 5/8" CD exterior glued plywood for decks
or 2" x 6" B wood slat decks with C wood stringers and/or skids fastened using cement coated drive
screws or galvanized lag bolts.
15.5.19 Small Fittings - Small fittings (ie., unions, tees, elbows, sockets, reducers, etc.. up to 3" ) shall be
preserved and boxed similar to small valves. Item 5.13.
15.5.20 Large Fittings - Large fittings (over 3") shall be preserved and palletized similar to flanges. Item 5.19.
Fittings may as boxed if appropriate.
15.5.21 Stud bolts, cap screws, nuts, and bolts should be preserved and boxed in vendor's export packed
cartons.
15.5.22 Rigid and EMT Electrical Conduit fittings shall be boxed similar to small valves. Item 5.13.
15.5.23 Pneumatic and hydraulic fittings shall be preserved and boxed similar to small valves. Item 5.13.
15.5 24 Gaskets are considered fragile and shall be treated as such. Individual gaskets shall be boxed and
labeled separately.
NOTE: If gaskets such as natural rubber and neoprene or BUNA are specified, the crate should specify
purchase order item number, quantity, and state "for cold storage out of the sun". Also, see Item 5.31 for
packing of large diameter gaskets.
15.5.25 Cable trays, racks, and raceways the same size and length shall be preserved, steel-strapped, and
crated or packaged and shipped in dry cargo containers if quantities are large enough to justify.
15.5.26 Plastic or cement underground conduit is to be strapped in bundles of the same size and length. This
material must be crated for shipment. Plastic or cement underground fittings shall be blocked and boxed
and/or crated similar to valve fittings.
15.5.27 Electrical wire and rope on reels shall be encircled and protected with wooden slats across the face of
the rims attached by nails and banded or export crated with underlying cradle.
15.5.28 Small structural steel, aluminum, or fiberglass (up to 4") of the same type and length shall be bundled
and tagged with the purchase order item number on a metal tag.
15.5.29 Larger structural steel, aluminum, or fiberglass (4" and over) shall be prepared for shipment as per steel
pipe. Item 6.1.
15.5.30 Gaskets of large diameter over (30" and over), shall be shipped in boxes having 2-inch frame, 2-inch
supports across the frame, and covered top, bottom, and sides with 3/8" CD exterior glued plywood
15.5.31 Heavy equipment shall be bolted, strapped, braced or blocked to the skid to ensure safety during
shipment.
15.5.31.1 Components of skid shall be either securely anchored to the skid or removed to prevent damage
during shipment.
15.5.31.2 All instruments and any equipment removed from the skid for shipment shall be tagged and
crated in waterproof boxes constructed from 2-inch lumber. Instruments shall be packed with
sufficient desiccant for protection in transit and during storage at job site. Boxes shall be
securely attached to the skid for shipment. The contents of each box shall be clearly stated on
the outside of the box.
15.5.31.3 Openings, flange faces, threaded connections, wires, valve stems, and other component parts
subject to mechanical damage or corrosion shall be adequately protected. Such protection shall
consist of, but not be limited to, bolted wood or plastic flange covers, sealing with waterproof
tape, enclosing with temporary metal housings, and coating all machined and threaded surfaces
with a rust preventative. This protection shall be applied to all components, those removed and
boxed, and those remaining in place on the skid assembly.
15.5.31.4 Piping and handrails removed for shipment shall be properly tagged and secured to the skid from
which it was removed.
15.5.31.5 Each skid shall have one box strapped to skid containing a complete set of drawings together
with a manual covering installation and operation instructions and other pertinent instructions
required for reassembly of components that were disassembled for shipment.
15.6.0 Pipe and Instrument Tubing
15.6.1 Each length of pipe, including plastic and cast iron pipe, of two (2) inch or larger diameter shall be
shipped as an individual package and marked accordingly. Pipe and rigid conduit smaller than two (2)
inch diameter shall be bundled in units not to exceed one long ton. Apply (width 1-1/4", thickness .031
H.D.) steel strap spaced up to 36" apart. Each item must be bundled separately - do not bundle mixed
items. A metal tag shall be strapped to pipe bundles indicating purchase order item number and all
necessary cargo shipping information. Threaded and coupled pipe shall be equipped with plastic thread
protectors.
15.6.2 Stainless steel and copper tubing shall be crated inside original shipping carton from manufacturer, and
plainly tagged with purchase order item number and all necessary cargo shipping information.
15.7.0 Multi-Wall Paper Sacks
15.7.1 If the use of multi-wall paper sacks in packaging the product is indicated in the order, it shall be
fabricated with, as a minimum, 6 ply paper. Sack closure must be positive to prevent: sifting or
leakage. A supply of open mount empty refill sacks (in securely tied bundles) equal to, 5 percent
of the number of filled sacks in the shipment shall be provided to replace those damaged in
shipment. They shall accompany the shipment to destination, along with sufficient tape to seal.
Bundled refill sacks must be indicated as a separate item on the shipping documents. For
identification purposes, stencil or print order number on empty bags.
15.8.0 Drums
15.8.1 Drum head stencils and body stencils shall be coated with quick dry marine spar varnish to prevent
shipping information from being obliterated due to rough handling or due to the elements.
15.8.2 Fifty-five gallon drums shall be shipped inside of International Shipping Organization (ISO) 8' x 8' x 20'
steel dry cargo containers and they shall be securely banded to the container wall to prevent shifting.
15.8.3 At destination, drums shall be transferred from the dry cargo container, placed and banded four (4) to 48"
x 48" pallet for transporting as required
15.8.4 Water damage protection for paper type drums shall be applied to pallet load by using plastic shrinkwrap
over entire load.
15.8.5 Small drums and cans of paint shall be packed in standard type crates as required. Purchase order item
number shall be stenciled on each group of items.
15.8.6 At destination, small drums and cans of paint shall not be unpacked from crates until used or issued
directly to Contractor.
15.9.0 Mailing Boxes and Tape
15.9.1 Mailing boxes for literature and printed matter shall be crushproof and properly sealed to prevent damage
to contents.
15.9.2 Tape used for strapping boxes or bags shall be glass fiber reinforced, Scotch filament tape or equivalent.
15.9.3 Packing lists for mailing boxes shall comply with same as Item 10.3
15.10.0 Export Marking
15.10.1 Marking indicated in the purchase order instructions to the Vendor shall be stenciled with waterproof ink
on two (2) opposite sides of the package. Gross and net weights marked on package must be expressed
in pounds avoirdupois, and in kilograms. The case number shall identify the individual package and also
indicate the total number of packages in the shipment thus, Box no. 1 of 4, Box no. 2 of 4, etc. Items
within a multiple pack of the same commodity, with identical count, gross, tare and net weights and cube,
(such as shipment of twenty drums of anti-freeze) need not be numbered 1 and up.
15.10.2 All stencils and markings shall be coated with quick dry marine spar varnish to prevent shipping
information from being obliterated due to rough handling or due to the elements. If marking pen is used
in conjunction with stencil, handwriting must be neat and legible.
15.10.3 A set of packing lists shall be enclosed in a clear waterproof plastic re-sealable envelope stapled to the
box such that the receiver may determine contents without opening container. An additional set of
packing lifts is to be enclosed in a clear waterproof plastic re-sealable envelope stapled inside the
container. A copy of the Vendor's delivery ticket and/or packing list is to be attached outside the
container in a non-clear plastic re-sealable envelope.
15.10.4 Multiple parts which comprise a single line item on one purchase order shall be identified by applying the
full article description to one unit while the remaining units retain the standard manufacturer's, vendor's,
or supplier's identifying marks on individual packages. Packing lists shall list each individual unit. The
piece or package indicating the full article identification marking must be packed in a location within the
shipping container for first removal.
15.10.5 Packages containing articles required to rest in an upright position shall be marked with red arrows
applied on diagonally opposite corners of the shipping container pointing to the top of the package. If it is
critical for the load to remain upright, equip the box with lift handles, skids, tip peaks tilt tattletales or
gables, or some similar device to assure the box will be stowed and handled in an upright position.
15.10.6 Shipment to the export forwarder shall be marked with consignee's and consignor's complete address on
an appropriate tag stapled or wired securely to the container. This tag must be removed prior to
shipment.
15.11.0 Processing, Packaging, & Packing
15.11.1 Spare parts, special tools, catalogues and parts manuals will be processed and export packed to
manufacturer's, supplier's and Vendor's standard specifications.
15.11.2 Only the items covered by one purchase order shall be packed together unless specified by Customer.
15.11.3 Several cartons of the same item or different items on the same purchase order can be crated or boxed
together, as long as this is clearly shown on the box or crate stencil and packing lists.
15.11.4 Dry cargo shipping containers shall be used whenever possible to reduce volume and speed cargo
unloading at all points. A complete set of duplicate packing lists for each purchase order shipped inside
the containers shall be attached to the outside door and on the inside of the door. Each carton in the
shipment shall be identified with purchase order number.
15.11.5 Any shipping crate received in damaged condition at the export packers shall be repaired, and all
charges for the repairs billed to the Vendor.
15.11.6 Each equipment piece, part or package must be tag marked, labeled or printed with the tag number as
indicated in the purchase order. This tag number will be applied following the article
identification/manufacturer's part number.
15.11.7 Vendor shipments to the export forwarder that are received without a priced packing list or invoice will be
refused by the forwarder.
15.12.0 Air Freight
15.12.1 Instrument panels, delicate instruments, parts, etc., shall be packed in a vapor-proof material,
foam packed, desiccant added and shipped air freight. Cargo shall be packed for very rough
handling, and long term storage at destination.
15.12.2 Shipping cartons for airfreight shall be light weight but sturdy, usually 1" x 4" framing with 1/8" rough
plywood decking, top, and sides. However, adequate protection of the shipment takes precedence over
weight considerations in all cases.
15.12.3 Items shall be shipped in Vendor's export shipping cartons whenever possible.
15.12.4 Articles shipped by airfreight must be braced for shipment in any position.
15.12.5 Packing lists shall be attached at specified in Item 10.3.
15.12.6 All airfreight shipments shall conform to International Air Transport Association (IATA) regulations.
15.13.0 Ocean Freight
15.12.1 Instrument panels, delicate instruments, parts, etc., shall be packed in a vapor-proof material,
foam packed, desiccant added and shipped ocean. Cargo shall be packed for very rough
stevedore handling, and long term storage on ocean vessel and dock storage at destination.
15.12.2 Shipping crates for ocean freight shall be heavy duty and very sturdy, (See 3.2.5, 3.2.6, 3.2.7, 3.2.8).
Adequate protection of the shipment takes precedence over weight considerations in all cases.
15.12.3 Items shall be shipped in Vendor's export shipping cartons inside of export crate whenever possible.
15.12.4 Articles shipped by ocean freight must be braced for shipment in any position.
15.12.5 Packing lists shall be attached at specified in Item 10.3.
15.12.6 All ocean freight shipments shall conform to International Maritime Organization (IMO) regulations.
15.14.0 Lubricating Oils/Coolants
All equipment such as, but not necessarily limited to, engines (diesel, gas, gasoline), pumps and compressors shall be
shipped filled to the proper level with the appropriate lubricants and/or coolants. WATER (H 2 O) SHALL NOT be considered a
coolant in this reference due to freezing. Coolants in this reference shall be coolants with a freeze protection capability to protect
equipment to a -40 C (-40F) temperature. If water is included in any piece of equipment and freeze damage of any amount
should occur, the repair/replacement of the equipment shall be for the account of the Vendor. Radiators, coolers, etc. which are
separate units from the engine, pump, compressor, etc. are not to be shipped with coolant in place.
MANSAROVAR
Colombia, 2010
Section 12
RECOMMENDED SPARE
PARTS (2 years operations)
3 Units TM19000
Spares Parts
The following table shows Wood Groups recommendation for spare parts for two
years continuous operation.
Recommended Spare Parts List For 2 Years Operation Of 3 Units
TM19000-24 Stages
Item Description Part No Qty

1 SEAL,MECH SPS 1.5" JC 1648 SGL SC/CA VIT 179323 2
2 OIL,ISO 68 SHELL OMALA RL 5GA 159957 3

3 GREASE,MOTOR ALVANIA RL2 (LITHIUM) 159417 18
4 GREASE,FALK LTG 14OZ GRID/GEAR CPLG 128906 18
5 KIT,, CPLG FLEX 1080T20 2 3/8x 2 3/8 189655 6
6 COUPLING,PUMP/SEAL TR7 INC 1.19 X 1.5 159644 4
7 SHAFT,STUB SPS 14.25

. .1.5 SPLN JC8B1 N50 179848 6
8 CHAMBER,THRUST SPS ASSY HDTC 1/2" STD 199067 1
9 PUMP, SPS TM9.5" 19000A 24STG AR 3SS EHS 177313 1
10 O'RING,HSN 75 DURO #258 702258 12
11 O'RING,HSN 75 DURO #241 (FS) 702241 12
12 O'RING,HSN 75 DURO #237 (FS) 702237 12
13 SHIM,KIT ACCUSHIM SET C 4X4 (FULL) 128288 7
14 SCREW,ADJ SFT 1.0.1.18 3/8-24UMF-2A 304S 123267 6
15 SHIM, .830 X 3/8 X .030 SST 2646450006 20
16 KIT,SPS SEAL FLUSH PLAN 31 3SS 165241 1
17
18
19
MANSAROVAR
Colombia, 2010
Section 13
MOTOR DRAWINGS
AND DATASHEET
CUSTOMER: PO NO.: TAG NO.:
MOTOR MODEL No: B5003FKG8BMH TOSHIBA FILE NO.:
HP: 500 RPM (Sync): 3600 VOLTAGE: 460 Hz: 60
FRAME SIZE: 5010USS LOG NO.: LOG REV. LEVEL:
REMARKS:
PER: ISSUE DATE: 16 Dec 2008 SUPERSEDES:

TOSHIBA INTERNATIONAL INDEX MPCF-1033
Industrial Division / Houston Motor Plant SHEET NO. 1 of 1
ISSUED 11/08/96
SUPERSEDES 10/06/95
REVISION 1
SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION MOTOR WRITTEN BY R. EVANS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS APPROVED BY Jay Bugbee
CUSTOMER: Customer Tag:
TIC File No.:
Customer PO:
MOTOR NAMEPLATE DATA

HP.: 500 VOLTS: 460 3Ø/ 60 Hz Sync. RPM: 3600
FRAME: 5010USS ENCL: TEFC Full Load Amp: 547 Full Load RPM: 3580
FORM: FCK1 S.F.: 1.15 NEMA DESIGN: B Ins. CLASS: F
TYPE: TKKH AMB.: 40 °C CODE: G DUTY: CONT.
MODEL No.: B5003FKG8BMH kW.: 373
NOM. EFF.: 95.8 MIN. EFF.: 95.4 P.F.: 89.0
MOTOR PERFORMANCE DATA

AMPERAGE TORQUES ** BEARINGS
LOCKED ROTOR: 3625 FULL LOAD (lb-ft): 733 DRIVE END: 6313C3
LOCKED ROTOR (%): 180 OPP. DRIVE END: NU313C3
BREAK DOWN (%): 200
EFFICIENCY: POWER FACTOR:

FULL LOAD: 96.1 % FULL LOAD: 89.2 %
¾ LOAD: 96.3 % ¾ LOAD: 88.2 %
½ LOAD: 95.8 % ½ LOAD: 85.1 %
ALL CHARACTERISTICS ARE AVERAGE EXPECTED VALUES BASED UPON RATED VOLTAGE, FREQUENCY
AND SINEWAVE POWER INPUT.
* TEMPERATURE RISE WILL BE CONSISTENT WITH INSULATION, AMBIENT AND SERVICE FACTOR AS
DEFINED BY NEMA-MG-12.43 OR -20.40.
** BEARINGS ARE THE ONLY RECOMMENDED SPARE PART(S).
Prepared by:
Date: 16 Dec 2008
Three Phase Motor Wiring Diagram
'Across The Line' (Full Voltage) Starting
Customer Name:
PO Number:
Customer Tag:
TIC File No.:

Motor Model Number: B5003FKG8BMH
For Further Information Regarding Toshiba motor starting, maintenance or wiring, Please refer to
the Toshiba - A quality Product for World Energy Installation and Maintenance Manual, or Contact
the Toshiba Low Voltage Marketing Department (800) 231-1412.
Prepared By:
Date: 16-Dec-2008
TOSHIBA INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
INDUSTRIAL DIVISION
P.O. BOX 40906
HOUSTON, TX 77240 (800) 231-1412
(713) 466-0277 FAX (713) 466-8773
SPARE PARTS (RECOMMENDED)
OTHER THAN THE GREASE USED FOR RE-GREASABLE BEARINGS, TOSHIBA ADVISES THAT THERE ARE NO 'USE' PARTS.
THE ONLY INSURANCE SPARES THAT TOSHIBA SUGGESTS FOR THESE SQUIRREL CAGE INDUCTION MOTORS ARE
INDUSTRY STANDARD, AND COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE ANTI-FRICTION BEARINGS, AS NOTED BELOW.
MOTOR COMPONENTS (SUCH AS TERMINAL BOXES, FAN COVERS, MACHINED PARTS) ARE AVAILABLE UPON SPECIAL
REQUEST. IN THIS CASE, PLEASE ADVISE OUR ORDER ENTRY DEPARTMENT THE MODEL AND SERIAL NUMBERS
(FOUND ON THE MOTOR NAMEPLATE), AND A DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPONENT REQUIRED. THEY WILL THEN FURNISH
THE CURRENT PART NUMBER, PRICE AND AVAILABILITY.
(NOTE: OUR INTERNAL PART NUMBERS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE, AND ARE NOT PUBLISHED).
PLEASE ADVISE IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS.

Customer Name:
PO Number:
Customer Tag:
TIC File No.:

Motor Model Number: B5003FKG8BMH
HP / RPM /ENCL / FRAME: 500HP, 3600RPM, TEFC, 5010USS
DRIVE END BEARING: 6313C3
OPPOSITE DRIVE END BEARING: NU313C3
Prepared By:
Date: 16 Dec 2008

Mansarovar Energy-Campo Jazmin

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mansarovar Energy-Campo Jazmin

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MANSAROVAR

Section 1 Order Information

Section 2 Bill of Material

Section 3 Assembly Three Units

Section 4 Parts Process Control Plan

Section 5 Assembly Three Units

Section 6 FAT Reports

Section 7 Instrumentation and motor coupling

Section 10 Fabrication Schedule

Section 11 Packing Procedures

Section 12 Recommended Spare Parts (2 years operation)

Section 13 Motor drawings and Datasheet

Pumps and Components

General Arrangement Drawing - SM0560 (TM19000A) with SP 1000 baseplate

Unless noted, all dimmensions are in inches

: Mansarovar Energy Colombia

WOOD GROUP ESP

Lev I tem Description Qty Per U/M U R Type Src Stk

WOOD GROUP ESP

1 139898 COVER,CPLG SPS 1025G ALUM 8.5"LG 1 EA U I Material P Yes

WOOD GROUP ESP

3 128434 ADAPTER,PUMP SPS TM 3SS 1 EA U I Material P Yes

WOOD GROUP ESP

1 199679 TRANSMITTER,PRESS 0-2000 ROSEMNT 3051T* 1 EA U R Material P No

WOOD GROUP ESP

2 163510 FITTING,STR 1/2"MNPT X 1/2"TBG SWG 3SS* 3 EA U I Material P Yes

Revision ECN # Revisions Product Approval V.P. of Approval Date

NR New Release N. Ferrier 4/4/01 S. Breit 4/4/01

3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS

3.1 HPS Toolkit – P/N 128786

3.2 HPS Motor Alignment – Process Procedure P008281

3.3 Quick Dry Enamel Paint Specification – Material Specification MS-2448-05

3.1 Level the skid.

High Pressure Surface Pump REV: NR

Figure 1 – Skid Leveling

3.2 Install the motor.

High Pressure Surface Pump REV: NR

3.2.2 Mount jackscrew blocks and jackscrews. Jackscrew blocks should be

Adapter Part Number Motor Shaft Diameter

Table 1 – Laser Straightshot Motor Shaft Adapters

High Pressure Surface Pump REV: NR

Figure 2 – Motor Alignment Setup

3.3 Mount and align the thrust chamber assembly.

High Pressure Surface Pump REV: NR

Figure 3 – Thrust Chamber Alignment

High Pressure Surface Pump REV: NR

3.5.1 Bolt the stub shaft in place.

3.5.2 Bolt the seal plate in place on the intake adapter.

3.6 Mount and align pump supports.

3.6.2 Place pump supports on allthread rods.

High Pressure Surface Pump REV: NR

Tool Part Number Pump Size

Table 2 – Pump Support Height Setting Tools

3.6.6 Repeat 3.6.4 – 3.6.5 for each pump support.

3.6.7 Remove the laser straightshot tool.

3.7 Install the pump.

High Pressure Surface Pump REV: NR

3.7.7 Let down the rolling jacks.

Figure 4 – Pump Alignment

High Pressure Surface Pump REV: NR

3.8 Install the pump discharge.

3.9 Test the HPS according to testing instructions or customer specifications.

3.10 Coupling guard.

3.10.2 Bolt the guard in place.